BBY-2012-10K

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 3, 2012
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                           to                            
Commission file number 1-9595
________________________________
BEST BUY CO., INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Minnesota
 
41-0907483
State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
7601 Penn Avenue South
Richfield, Minnesota
 
55423
(Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code 612-291-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $.10 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
____________________________________________________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o Yes x No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer x
 
Accelerated filer o
 
Non-accelerated filer o
 
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) o Yes x No
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of August 27, 2011, was approximately $6.6 billion, computed by reference to the price of $24.79 per share, the price at which the common equity was last sold on August 27, 2011, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Index. (For purposes of this calculation all of the registrant's directors and executive officers are deemed affiliates of the registrant.)
As of April 26, 2012, the registrant had 342,198,524 shares of its Common Stock issued and outstanding.


Table of Contents


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement dated on or about May 9, 2012 (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant's fiscal year-end of March 3, 2012), for the regular meeting of shareholders to be held on June 21, 2012 ("Proxy Statement"), are incorporated by reference into Part III.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE
PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), provide a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their companies. With the exception of historical information, the matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward-looking statements and may be identified by the use of words such as "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "foresee," "plan," "project," "outlook," and other words and terms of similar meaning. Such statements reflect our current view with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. A variety of factors could cause our future results to differ materially from the anticipated results expressed in such forward-looking statements. Readers should review Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of important factors that could cause our future results to differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report or as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update our forward-looking statements.



BEST BUY    FISCAL    2012    FORM    10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.  Business.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the use of the terms "we," "us" and "our" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refers to Best Buy Co., Inc. and, as applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.

Description of Business

We are a multinational retailer of consumer electronics, computing and mobile phone products, entertainment products, appliances and related services. We operate retail stores and call centers and conduct online retail operations under a variety of brand names such as Best Buy (BestBuy.com, BestBuy.ca), Best Buy Mobile (BestBuyMobile.com), The Carphone Warehouse (CarphoneWarehouse.com), Five Star, Future Shop (FutureShop.ca), Geek Squad, Magnolia Audio Video, Pacific Sales and The Phone House (PhoneHouse.com). References to our Web site addresses do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the Web sites.

Information About Our Segments

During fiscal 2012, we operated two reportable segments: Domestic and International. The Domestic segment is comprised of the operations in all states, districts and territories of the U.S., operating under various brand names including, but not limited to, Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Geek Squad, Magnolia Audio Video and Pacific Sales.

The International segment is comprised of: (i) all Canada operations, operating under the brand names Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Cell Shop, Connect Pro, Future Shop and Geek Squad; (ii) all Europe operations, operating under the brand names The Carphone Warehouse, The Phone House and Geek Squad; (iii) all China operations, operating under the brand name Five Star and (iv) all Mexico operations, operating under the brand names Best Buy and Geek Squad.

Financial information about our segments is included in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Note 14, Segment and Geographic Information, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Domestic Segment

We were incorporated in the state of Minnesota in 1966 as Sound of Music, Inc. Today, our U.S. Best Buy stores offer our customers a wide variety of consumer electronics, computing and mobile phone products, entertainment products, appliances and related services with variations on product assortments, staffing, promotions and store design to address specific customer groups and local market needs.

In fiscal 2001, we acquired Magnolia Hi-Fi, Inc. — a Seattle-based, high-end retailer of audio and video products and services — to access an upscale customer segment. Today, we operate Magnolia Home Theater store-within-a-store experiences in certain U.S. Best Buy stores, offering customers high-end electronics with specially trained employees. In fiscal 2010, we also began operating Magnolia Design Center store-within-a-store experiences to further enhance the unique product offerings and high-touch customer service provided by the Magnolia brand in select U.S. Best Buy stores.

In fiscal 2003, we acquired Geek Squad Inc. Geek Squad provides repair, support and installation services. We acquired Geek Squad to further our plans of providing technology support services to customers. Geek Squad service is available in all U.S. Best Buy branded stores.

In fiscal 2007, we acquired California-based Pacific Sales Kitchen and Bath Centers, Inc. ("Pacific Sales"). Pacific Sales specializes in the sale and installation of high-end and mass-market premium brand kitchen appliances, plumbing fixtures and home entertainment products, with a focus on builders and remodelers. In fiscal 2011, we also began integrating Pacific Sales into select U.S. Best Buy stores via our store-within-a-store experience, offering customers many of the same products and services offered in that brand's stand-alone store format.

In fiscal 2007, we also developed the Best Buy Mobile concept through a management consulting agreement with U.K.-based The Carphone Warehouse Group PLC ("CPW"). Best Buy Mobile provides a comprehensive assortment of mobile phones, accessories and related services using experienced sales personnel, now in all U.S. Best Buy stores, as well as stand-alone stores.


4

Table of Contents

In fiscal 2012, we acquired mindSHIFT Technologies, Inc ("mindSHIFT"), a managed service provider for small and mid-sized businesses, providing cloud services, data center services and professional services throughout the U.S.

In the future, we expect to see a reduction in the number of large-format stores, a reduction in square footage for certain of our large-format stores and a continuation of the growth in small-format Best Buy Mobile stores.

International Segment

Our International segment was established in fiscal 2002 with our acquisition of Future Shop Ltd., Canada's largest consumer electronics retailer. Since that acquisition, we have operated a dual-brand strategy in Canada by introducing the Best Buy brand, which allows us to retain Future Shop's brand equity and attract more customers by offering a choice of distinct store experiences.

In fiscal 2007, we acquired a 75% interest in Jiangsu Five Star Appliance Co., Ltd. ("Five Star"), one of China's largest appliance and consumer electronics retailers. In fiscal 2009, we acquired the remaining 25% interest in Five Star.

In fiscal 2009, we acquired a 50% share in Best Buy Europe Distributions Limited ("Best Buy Europe"). Best Buy Europe is a venture with CPW, consisting of CPW's former retail and distribution business with nearly 2,400 small-format The Carphone Warehouse and The Phone House stores, online channels, device insurance operations, and mobile and fixed-line telecommunication services.

In fiscal 2009, we also expanded our Best Buy Mobile operations to Canada by opening stand-alone stores. We now also offer the Best Buy Mobile store-within-a-store experience in all Canadian Best Buy branded stores. Also in fiscal 2009, we opened our first Best Buy branded store in Mexico, located in Mexico City.

As of the end of fiscal 2012, we had closed all of our large-format Best Buy branded stores in China, Turkey and the U.K.

In order to align our fiscal reporting periods and comply with statutory filing requirements in certain foreign jurisdictions, we consolidate the financial results of our Europe, China and Mexico operations on a two-month lag. Consistent with such consolidation, the financial and non-financial information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relative to our Europe, China and Mexico operations is also presented on a two-month lag.

Operations

Domestic Segment

Our Domestic segment is primarily managed by product and service categories, with separate leadership teams responsible for each category. These teams are responsible for determining how their products and services are marketed through our three primary channels – retail stores, online and call centers. In addition to these teams, separate teams manage core capabilities (e.g., human resources and real estate management) and channel operations. Retail store operations are divided into territories and districts based on geography and store size. District managers monitor store operations and meet regularly with store managers to discuss performance.

Our U.S. Best Buy, U.S. Best Buy Mobile, Magnolia Audio Video and Pacific Sales stores have developed procedures for inventory management, transaction processing, customer relations, store administration, product sales and services, staff training and merchandise display that are standardized within each store brand. Corporate retail management for each store brand generally controls advertising, merchandise purchasing and pricing, as well as inventory policies. All stores within each store brand generally operate in the same manner under the standard procedures adjusted to local customer needs.

International Segment

Located throughout eight European countries, The Carphone Warehouse and The Phone House stores are significantly smaller than our Best Buy branded stores and employ sales associates that provide independent advice on the service and hardware best suited to each customer. Most phone sales require in-store registration with the mobile phone network operator facilitated by our employees, allowing the customer to leave the store with a fully active phone and a service contract. Advertising, merchandise purchasing and pricing and inventory policies for these stores are controlled by corporate retail management in each respective local market.


5

Table of Contents

Canada store operations are organized to support two principal store brands. Future Shop stores have predominantly commissioned sales associates, whereas employees in Best Buy branded stores in Canada, like employees in U.S. Best Buy stores, are noncommissioned. Each store brand has national management that monitors store operations. All Canada stores use a standardized operating system that includes procedures for inventory management, transaction processing, customer relations, store administration, staff training and merchandise display. Advertising, merchandise purchasing and pricing and inventory policies are centrally controlled. Our Best Buy Mobile stores in Canada employ an operating model similar to that used in our U.S. Best Buy Mobile stores.

Our Five Star stores primarily utilize vendor employees and full-time sales associates to sell our products. Corporate retail management generally controls advertising, merchandise purchasing and pricing, and inventory policies, although management for individual regions within our Five Star brand may vary these operations locally to adapt to customer needs.

Our Best Buy branded stores in Mexico employ an operating model similar to that used in our U.S. Best Buy stores.

Merchandise and Services

Domestic Segment

U.S. Best Buy stores and the related online channel have offerings in six revenue categories: Consumer Electronics, Computing and Mobile Phones, Entertainment, Appliances, Services and Other. Consumer Electronics consists primarily of video and audio products. Video products include televisions, e-Readers, navigation products, digital cameras and accessories, digital camcorders and accessories and DVD and Blu-ray players. Audio products include MP3 players and accessories, home theater audio systems and components, musical instruments and mobile electronics such as car stereo and satellite radio products. The Computing and Mobile Phones revenue category includes notebook and desktop computers, tablets, monitors, mobile phones and related subscription service commissions, hard drives and other storage devices, networking equipment, office supplies and other related accessories such as printers. The Entertainment revenue category includes video gaming hardware and software, DVDs, Blu-rays, CDs, digital downloads and computer software. The Appliances revenue category includes both major and small appliances. The Services revenue category consists primarily of service contracts, extended warranties, computer-related services, product repair, and delivery and installation for home theater, mobile audio and appliances. The Other revenue category includes non-core offerings such as snacks and beverages.

U.S. Best Buy Mobile offerings are included in our Computing and Mobile Phones and Services revenue categories. Revenue from U.S. Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores is primarily derived from mobile phone hardware, subscription service commissions from mobile phone network operators and associated mobile phone accessories.

Magnolia Audio Video stores have offerings in two revenue categories: Consumer Electronics and Services. Consumer electronics consists of video and audio products. Video products include televisions, DVD and Blu-ray players and accessories. Audio products include home theater audio systems and components, mobile electronics and accessories. The services revenue category consists primarily of home theater system installation as well as extended warranties.

Pacific Sales stores have offerings in three revenue categories: Appliances, Consumer Electronics and Services. Appliances consists of major appliances, evenly split between high-end and mass-market premium brands, and plumbing, which consists of kitchen and bath fixtures including faucets, sinks, toilets and bath tubs. Consumer Electronics consists of video and audio products, including televisions and home theater systems. The Services revenue category consists primarily of extended warranties, installation and repair services.

The offerings from our managed service provider for small and mid-sized businesses, mindSHIFT, are included in our Services revenue category and consist primarily of information technology-related service contracts.

International Segment

Our The Carphone Warehouse and The Phone House stores in Europe have offerings in two revenue categories: Computing and Mobile Phones and Services. Computing and Mobile Phones consists primarily of mobile phone hardware, subscription service commissions from mobile phone network operators, associated mobile phone accessories and tablets. Services consists of insurance operations, providing protection primarily for the replacement of a lost, stolen or damaged mobile phones and tablets, as well as mobile and fixed-line telecommunication services, billing management services and Geek Squad repair services.


6

Table of Contents

In Canada, the Future Shop and Best Buy branded stores have offerings in five revenue categories: Consumer Electronics, Computing and Mobile Phones, Entertainment, Services and Other, and at Future Shop only, a sixth revenue category, Appliances. Consumer Electronics consists of video and audio products. Video products include televisions, e-Readers, navigation products, digital cameras and accessories, digital camcorders and accessories and DVD and Blu-ray players. Audio products encompass MP3 players and accessories, home theater audio systems and components, musical instruments and mobile electronics such as car stereo and accessories. The Computing and Mobile Phones revenue category includes notebook and desktop computers, tablets, monitors, mobile phones and related subscription service commissions, hard drives and other storage devices, networking equipment, office supplies and related accessories such as printers. The Entertainment revenue category includes video game hardware and software, DVDs, Blu-rays, CDs and computer software. The Appliances revenue category includes both major and small appliances. The Services revenue category includes extended warranties, repair, delivery, computer-related services and home theater installation. The Other revenue category includes non-core offerings such as snacks and beverages.

Although Future Shop and Best Buy branded stores in Canada offer similar revenue categories (except for major Appliances, which are only offered at Future Shop stores), there are differences in product brands and depth of selection within revenue categories. Further, Geek Squad services are only available in the Best Buy branded stores with Future Shop's service offerings branded as Connect Pro.

Canada Best Buy Mobile offerings are included in our Computing and Mobile Phones revenue category. Revenue from Canada Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores is primarily derived from mobile phone hardware, subscription service commissions from mobile phone network operators and related mobile phone accessories.

In China, our Five Star stores have offerings in four revenue categories: Appliances, Consumer Electronics, Computing and Mobile Phones and Services. Our Five Star stores do not carry products in our Entertainment revenue category. The Appliances revenue category includes both major and small appliances, air conditioners and housewares. The Consumer Electronics revenue category consists of video and audio products, including televisions, digital cameras, MP3 players and accessories. The Computing and Mobile Phones revenue category includes desktop and notebook computers, tablets, mobile phones, traditional telephones and accessories. The Services revenue category includes extended warranties, repair, delivery, computer-related services and installation.

Our Best Buy branded stores in Mexico have offerings in six revenue categories: Consumer Electronics, Computing and Mobile Phones, Entertainment, Appliances, Services and Other, with products and services similar to those of our U.S. Best Buy stores.

Distribution

Domestic Segment

Generally, U.S. Best Buy, U.S. Best Buy Mobile, Magnolia Audio Video and Pacific Sales stores' merchandise, except for major appliances and large-screen televisions, is shipped directly from manufacturers to our distribution centers located throughout the U.S. Major appliances and large-screen televisions are shipped to satellite warehouses in each major market. These stores are dependent upon the distribution centers for inventory storage and shipment of most merchandise. However, in order to meet release dates for selected products and to improve inventory management, certain merchandise is shipped directly to our stores from manufacturers and distributors. Contract carriers ship merchandise from the distribution centers to stores, though Pacific Sales stores' merchandise is generally fulfilled directly to customers through a distribution center in California. Generally, U.S. Best Buy online merchandise sales are either picked up at U.S. Best Buy stores or fulfilled directly to customers through our distribution centers.

International Segment

Our small-format The Carphone Warehouse and The Phone House stores' merchandise is shipped directly from our suppliers to our distribution centers across Europe. Contract carriers ship merchandise from the distribution centers to stores. Stores hold the immediate stock requirement and the distribution center in each market holds additional inventory.

Our Canada stores' merchandise is shipped directly from our suppliers to our distribution centers in British Columbia and Ontario. Our Canada stores are dependent upon the distribution centers for inventory storage and shipment of most merchandise. However, in order to meet release dates for selected products and to improve inventory management, certain merchandise is shipped directly to our stores from manufacturers and distributors. Contract carriers ship merchandise from the distribution centers to stores.

7

Table of Contents

We receive our Five Star stores' merchandise at nearly 50 distribution centers and warehouses located throughout the Five Star retail chain, the largest of which is located in Nanjing, Jiangsu Province. Our Five Star stores are dependent upon the distribution centers for inventory storage and the shipment of most merchandise to our stores or customers. Large merchandise, such as major appliances, is generally fulfilled directly to customers through our distribution centers and warehouses.

Our Best Buy branded stores in Mexico have distribution methods similar to that of our U.S. Best Buy stores.

Suppliers and Inventory

Our strategy depends, in part, upon our ability to offer customers a broad selection of name-brand products and, therefore, our success is dependent upon satisfactory and stable supplier relationships. In fiscal 2012, our 20 largest suppliers accounted for just over 60% of the merchandise we purchased, with five suppliers — Apple, Samsung, Hewlett-Packard, Sony and Toshiba — representing 40% of total merchandise purchased. The loss of or disruption in supply from any one of these major suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and earnings. We generally do not have long-term written contracts with our major suppliers that would require them to continue supplying us with merchandise. We have no indication that any of our suppliers plan to discontinue selling us merchandise. At various times throughout fiscal 2012, our ability to maintain satisfactory sources of supply for certain products was directly affected by supply chain interruptions in the industry caused by natural disasters in foreign countries. However, we generally expect that adequate sources of supply will be available for the various types of merchandise we sell.

We carefully monitor and manage our inventory levels to match quantities on hand with consumer demand as closely as possible. Key elements to this inventory management process include, without limitation, the following:

continuous monitoring of historical and projected consumer demand;
continuous monitoring and adjustment of inventory receipt levels;
agreements with vendors relating to reimbursement for the cost of markdowns or sales incentives; and
agreements with vendors relating to return privileges for certain products.

We also have a global sourcing operation in China in order to design, develop, test and contract manufacture our own line of exclusive brand products.

Store Development

Our store development program has historically focused on testing stores in new markets; adding stores within existing markets; and relocating, remodeling and expanding existing stores in order to offer new products and services to our customers.

In our Domestic segment, our current store development strategy is focused on increasing our retail points of presence, while decreasing our overall store square footage, for increased flexibility in a multi-channel environment. This includes our plans to remodel existing key stores in test markets with our new "Connected Store" format in fiscal 2013, as well as increasing the number of small-format Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores. We announced plans to close approximately 50 large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.S. in fiscal 2013 and explore options for downsizing other stores throughout our portfolio.

In our International segment, we have recently exited or closed our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the China, Turkey, and U.K. markets. We intend to focus our international store strategy on areas we believe offer the best opportunity for profitable growth, such as Five Star in China and our small-format The Carphone Warehouse and The Phone House stores in Europe.

Domestic Segment

During fiscal 2012, we opened 135 new stores and closed five stores in our Domestic segment. Although we have closed all of our Geek Squad stand-alone stores, we offer Geek Squad support services, as well as the Best Buy Mobile store-within-a-store experience, in all U.S. Best Buy stores.


8

Table of Contents

The following tables show our Domestic segment stores open at the beginning and end of each of the last three fiscal years:
 
U.S. Best Buy
Stores

 
U.S. Best Buy
Mobile Stand-Alone Stores

 
Pacific Sales
Stores

 
Magnolia Audio
Video Stores

Total stores at end of fiscal 2011
1,099

 
177

 
35

 
6

Stores opened
7

 
128

 

 

Stores closed
(3
)
 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Total stores at end of fiscal 2012
1,103

 
305

 
34

 
5


 
U.S. Best Buy
Stores

 
U.S. Best Buy
Mobile Stand-Alone Stores

 
Pacific Sales
Stores

 
Magnolia Audio
Video Stores

 
Geek Squad
Stand-Alone Stores

Total stores at end of fiscal 2010
1,069

 
74

 
35

 
6

 
6

Stores opened
31

 
103

 

 

 

Stores closed
(1
)
 

 

 

 
(6
)
Total stores at end of fiscal 2011
1,099

 
177

 
35

 
6

 


 
U.S. Best Buy
Stores

 
U.S. Best Buy
Mobile Stand-Alone Stores

 
Pacific Sales
Stores

 
Magnolia Audio
Video Stores

 
Geek Squad
Stand-Alone Stores

Total stores at end of fiscal 2009
1,023

 
38

 
34

 
6

 
6

Stores opened
46

 
36

 
1

 

 

Stores closed

 

 

 

 

Total stores at end of fiscal 2010
1,069

 
74

 
35

 
6

 
6


International Segment

During fiscal 2012, we opened 219 new stores, primarily within our Best Buy Europe and Five Star operations, and closed 114 stores in our International segment, primarily within our Best Buy Europe business. Our small-format stores in Europe tend to have a greater number of store openings and closings compared to our other store formats, as we continually reposition and resize stores in certain markets and locations in order to optimize overall performance. We offer Geek Squad support services in all Best Buy branded stores and within select The Carphone Warehouse and The Phone House stores in the U.K and Spain, as well as similar Connect Pro branded services in Future Shop stores. We offer the Best Buy Mobile store-within-a-store experience in all Best Buy branded stores in Canada, with a similar Cell Shop branded concept in the majority of Future Shop stores.

The following tables show our International segment stores open at the beginning and end of each of the last three fiscal years:
 
Europe
 
Canada
 
China
 
Mexico
 
The Carphone
Warehouse
and The Phone
House Stores

 
Future
Shop
Stores

 
Best Buy
Stores

 
Best Buy
Mobile
Stand-Alone Stores

 
Five Star
Stores

 
Best Buy
Stores

Total stores at end of fiscal 2011
2,357

 
146

 
71

 
10

 
166

 
6

Stores opened
145

 
5

 
6

 
20

 
41

 
2

Stores closed
(109
)
 
(2
)
 

 

 
(3
)
 

Total stores at end of fiscal 2012
2,393

 
149

 
77

 
30

 
204

 
8



9

Table of Contents

 
Europe
 
Canada
 
China
 
Mexico
 
The Carphone
Warehouse
and The Phone
House Stores

 
Future
Shop
Stores

 
Best Buy
Stores

 
Best Buy
Mobile
Stand-Alone Stores

 
Five Star
Stores

 
Best Buy
Stores

Total stores at end of fiscal 2010
2,371

 
144

 
64

 
4

 
158

 
5

Stores opened
85

 
2

 
7

 
6

 
12

 
1

Stores closed
(99
)
 

 

 

 
(4
)
 

Total stores at end of fiscal 2011
2,357

 
146

 
71

 
10

 
166

 
6


 
Europe
 
Canada
 
China
 
Mexico
 
The Carphone
Warehouse
and The Phone
House Stores

 
Future
Shop
Stores

 
Best Buy
Stores

 
Best Buy
Mobile
Stand-Alone Stores

 
Five Star
Stores

 
Best Buy
Stores

Total stores at end of fiscal 2009
2,380

 
139

 
58

 
3

 
164

 
1

Stores opened
79

 
5

 
6

 
1

 
6

 
4

Stores closed
(88
)
 

 

 

 
(12
)
 

Total stores at end of fiscal 2010
2,371

 
144

 
64

 
4

 
158

 
5


The store activity tables above exclude the impact of our recently closed large-format Best Buy branded stores in China, Turkey and the U.K., as well as recently sold The Phone House stores in Belgium, all of which are now included in the results of our discontinued operations.

Fiscal 2013 Store Opening and Closing Plans

As part of our current store development strategy focused on increasing retail points of presence while decreasing our overall square footage, we plan to open approximately 100 small-format Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores and close approximately 50 large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.S. in fiscal 2013. Our International store development strategy consists primarily of opening approximately 50 Five Star stores in China, including 14 new mobile store-within-a-store concepts.

Intellectual Property

We own or have the right to use valuable intellectual property such as trademarks, service marks and tradenames, including, but not limited to, "Best Buy," "Best Buy Mobile," "The Carphone Warehouse," "Dynex," "Five Star," "Future Shop," "Geek Squad," "Init," "Insignia," "Magnolia," "mindSHIFT," "Pacific Sales," "The Phone House" and "Rocketfish," and our "Yellow Tag" logo.

We have secured domestic and international trademark and service mark registrations for many of our brands. We have also secured patents for many of our inventions. We believe our intellectual property has significant value and is an important factor in the marketing of our company, our stores, our products and our Web sites.

Seasonality

Our business, like that of many retailers, is seasonal. Historically, we have realized more of our revenue and a large portion of our earnings in the fiscal fourth quarter, which includes the majority of the holiday shopping season in the U.S., Europe and Canada, than in any other fiscal quarter.

Working Capital

We fund our business operations through a combination of available cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and cash flows generated from operations. In addition, our revolving credit facilities are available for additional working capital needs, for general corporate purposes and investment opportunities. Our working capital needs are typically greatest in the months leading up to the holiday shopping season as we purchase inventories in advance of expected sales.


10

Table of Contents

Customers

We do not have a significant concentration of sales with any individual customer and, therefore, the loss of any one customer would not have a material impact on our business. No single customer has accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue.

Backlog

Our stores, call centers and online shopping sites do not have a material amount of backlog orders.

Government Contracts

No material portion of our business is subject to renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of any government or government agencies or affiliates.

Competition

Our primary competitors are consumer electronics retailers including vendors who offer their products direct to the consumer, internet-based businesses, wholesale clubs, discount chains and home-improvement superstores.

Some of our competitors operate low cost operating structures and seek to compete for sales purely on price. In addition, in the U.S., internet-only operators receive an exemption from collecting sales taxes for sales in certain states. We believe this advantage will continue to be eroded as sales tax rules are re-evaluated at both the state and federal level. We carefully monitor pricing offered by our competitors and continuously adjust our pricing and promotions to maintain our competitiveness. In most of our locations, we offer some form of price-match to our store-based competitors. In order to allow this, we are focused on maintaining efficient operations, leveraging the economies of scale available to us and our global vendor partnerships.

In addition to price, we believe our ability to deliver a high quality customer experience offers us a key competitive advantage. We believe our dedicated and knowledgeable people, integrated store and online channels, broad product assortment, range of focused service and support offerings, distinct store formats and brand marketing strategies are important ways in which we maintain this advantage.

Research and Development

We have not engaged in any material research and development activities during the past three fiscal years.

Environmental Matters

While seeking and discovering new and innovative ways to engage our customers in the connected world, we also strive to lessen our impact on the environment. Our energy efficiency strategy includes end-to-end efforts to reduce energy use in our own internal operations and of the products and services we offer our customers. And with an expanding selection of our internally developed exclusive brand products, we continue to make efforts to provide products that use less energy, are made of non-toxic materials and are packaged in more responsible ways.

Our energy efficient practices include a centralized automated energy management system for our U.S. Best Buy stores and retail energy reports by store. We continue to evolve our High Performance Building Program as we remodel and update locations. For example, where economically viable, during remodels we are installing skylights and dimmable lighting which enables us to reduce our energy consumption. These energy efficiency improvements, as well as process enhancements, have helped us reduce our own carbon footprint. In calendar 2010, we set a new long-term goal of reducing our carbon dioxide emissions by 20% by calendar 2020 (over a 2009 baseline). During calendar 2011, our retail stores, distribution centers and corporate offices reduced over 59,000 metric tons of carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, an “absolute” decrease of 7.5% from the previous calendar year.

We continue to experience consumer demand for environmentally-friendly products and services, which leads us to focus on providing energy efficient products and a means to recycle old products. Our U.S. Best Buy customers purchased over 24 million ENERGY STAR® qualified products in calendar 2011. Through our ENERGY STAR® program, we helped our customers realize utility bill savings of over $143 million in calendar 2011. This energy savings equates to just over 2 billion pounds of CO2 avoidance, or the equivalent of removing 180,000 cars from the road. We are also investing in a number of technologies and partnerships that increase our product and service offerings to our customers including: home automation; alternative fuel sources and transportation; and partnerships with utility companies in 23 states in the U.S. that will allow for more affordable consumer purchases of energy efficient products.

11

Table of Contents

Our nationwide consumer electronics take-back program allows customers to bring many consumer electronics products to our U.S. stores for free recycling. This recycling program is available in all U.S. Best Buy stores. We also collect old, inefficient appliances for recycling through a haul-away program. Best Buy has publicly committed to recycle 1 billion pounds of consumer goods. Through this program, Best Buy helps to reduce the overall energy impact of our supply chain and minimize the impact of mining for raw material. Since June 2008, when our goal was announced, we have diverted 500 million pounds from the waste stream. We project attaining our goal in 2014.

Continued efforts to be more environmentally conscious in our exclusive brands packaging focused on the use of recycled materials, non-solvent coatings and organic inks where possible. Through a variety of opportunities, we reduced plastic usage by 713 tons and eliminated 803 tons of PVC from our exclusive brands packaging during fiscal 2012.

We are not aware of any federal, state or local provisions which have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, that have materially affected, or are reasonably expected to materially affect, our net earnings or competitive position, or have resulted or are reasonably expected to result in material capital expenditures. See Item 1A, Risk Factors, for additional discussion.

We believe we can continue to reduce energy consumption and carbon emissions in cost effective ways that deliver value to our shareholders, customers, employees and the communities we serve, whether it's in our own internal operations or through our work to connect customers with more energy efficient solutions.

Number of Employees

At the end of fiscal 2012, we employed approximately 167,000 full-time, part-time and seasonal employees worldwide. We consider our employee relations to be good. We offer our employees a wide array of company-paid benefits that vary within our company due to customary local practices and statutory requirements, which we believe are competitive in the aggregate relative to others in our industry.

Financial Information About Geographic Areas

We operate two reportable segments: Domestic and International. Financial information regarding the Domestic and International geographic areas is included in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Note 14, Segment and Geographic Information, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Available Information

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and its rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires us to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Copies of these reports, proxy statements and other information can be read and copied at:

SEC Public Reference Room
100 F Street NE
Washington, D.C. 20549

Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. These materials may be obtained electronically by accessing the SEC's Web site at www.sec.gov.

We make available, free of charge on our Web site, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these documents with, or furnish them to, the SEC. These documents are posted on our Web site at www.investors.bestbuy.com — select the "Financial Performance" link and then the "SEC Filings" link.

We also make available, free of charge on our Web site, the Corporate Governance Principles of our Board of Directors ("Board") and our Code of Business Ethics (including any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Ethics) adopted by our Board, as well as the charters of all of our Board's committees: Audit Committee, Compensation and Human Resources Committee, Finance and Investment Policy Committee, Global Strategy Committee and Nominating,

12

Table of Contents

Corporate Governance and Public Policy Committee. These documents are posted on our Web site at www.investors.bestbuy.com — select the the "Corporate Governance" link.

Copies of any of the above-referenced documents will also be made available, free of charge, upon written request to:

Best Buy Co., Inc.
Investor Relations Department
7601 Penn Avenue South
Richfield, MN 55423-3645

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Described below are certain risks that our management believes are applicable to our business and the industry in which we operate. There may be additional risks that are not presently material or known. You should carefully consider each of the following risks and all other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

If any of the events described below occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or access to sources of financing could be materially adversely affected. The following risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and from results predicted by forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf related to conditions or events that we anticipate may occur in the future. The following risks should not be construed as an exhaustive list of all factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. All forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf are qualified by the risks described below.

If we do not anticipate and respond to changing consumer preferences in a timely manner, our operating results could materially suffer.

Our business depends, in large part, on our ability to successfully introduce new products, services and technologies to consumers, the frequency of such introductions, the level of consumer acceptance, and the related impact on the demand for existing products, services and technologies. Consumers continue to have a wide variety of choices in terms of how and where they purchase these products, services and technologies. Consumers also continue to benefit from the convergence of technology products, where one product combines and replaces several others. Failure to accurately predict and adapt to constantly changing consumer tastes, preferences, spending patterns and other lifestyle decisions, or to effectively address consumer concerns, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations and reputation with our customers.

Economic conditions in the U.S. and key international markets or other conditions leading to a decline in consumer discretionary spending may materially adversely impact our operating results.

We sell certain products and services that consumers may view as discretionary items rather than necessities. As a result, our results of operations tend to be more sensitive to changes in macroeconomic conditions that impact consumer spending, including discretionary spending. Other factors, including consumer confidence, employment levels, interest rates, tax rates, consumer debt levels, consumers' ability to obtain credit, and fuel and energy costs could reduce consumer spending or change consumer purchasing habits. In the past three fiscal years, many of these factors adversely affected consumer spending and, consequently, our business and results of operations. A slowdown in the U.S. or global economy, continued economic and financial instability in Europe, or an uncertain economic outlook, could materially adversely affect consumer spending habits and our operating results in the future.

The domestic and international political situation also affects consumer confidence. The threat or outbreak of domestic or international terrorism, civil unrest or other hostilities could lead to a decrease in consumer spending. Similarly, an overly anti-business climate or sentiment could potentially lead consumers to decrease or shift their spending habits. Any of these events and factors could cause a decrease in revenue or an increase in inventory markdowns or certain operating expenses, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Other conditions or factors that may impact our results of operations include disruptions to the availability of content such as sporting events or other televised content. Such disruptions may influence the demand for hardware that our customers purchase to access such content, as well as the commissions we receive from subscription services. Accordingly, such disruptions could cause a material adverse effect on our revenue and results of operations.


13

Table of Contents

Our results of operations could materially deteriorate if we fail to attract, develop and retain qualified employees.

Our performance is dependent on attracting and retaining qualified employees who are able to develop the skills necessary to achieve our business strategies. We believe our competitive advantage is providing unique end-to-end solutions for each individual customer, which requires us to have highly trained and engaged employees. Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, develop and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees, including store, service and administrative personnel. The turnover rate in the retail industry is high, and qualified individuals of the requisite caliber and quantity needed to fill these positions may be in short supply in some areas. Our inability to recruit a sufficient number of qualified individuals in the future may delay planned openings of new stores or affect the speed with which we expand our initiatives, our exclusive brands and our international operations. Delayed store openings, significant increases in employee turnover rates or significant increases in labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face strong competition from traditional store-based retailers, internet-based businesses, our vendors and other forms of retail commerce, which could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The retail business is highly competitive. We compete for customers, employees, locations, products and other important aspects of our business with many other local, regional, national and international retailers, as well as our vendors who offer their products and services direct to the consumer. We continue to face pressure from our competitors, some of which have greater market presence and financial resources than we do. In addition, certain internet-based businesses do not collect and remit state and local sales taxes in all of the states in which we are required to collect and remit such taxes. These factors could require us to reduce our prices or increase our costs of doing business. In addition, because our business strategy includes staffing and support models for both products and services, our cost structure is generally higher than those offering products only. Some of our vendors also continue to interact directly with customers by embedding their services into the products we sell. As a result of this competition and the potential for direct product distribution, we may experience lower revenue and/or higher operating costs, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Our results of operations could materially deteriorate if we fail to maintain positive brand perception and recognition.

We operate a global portfolio of brands with a commitment to customer service and innovation. We believe that recognition and the reputation of our brands are key to our success. The advent of social media, which uses web-based technologies for interactive dialogue, represents an increasingly popular outlet for various types of feedback, opinions and criticism surrounding the perception and reputation of our business and our brands. Damage to the perception or reputation of our brands could result in declines in customer loyalty, lower employee morale and productivity concerns, and vendor relationship issues, and could ultimately have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth is dependent on the success of our strategies.

Our growth is dependent on our ability to identify, develop and execute our strategies. Our failure to properly deploy and utilize capital and other resources may adversely affect our initiatives designed to assist our customers in connecting to a digital lifestyle. We are focusing on areas where we see the greatest opportunities for growth and profit: growth in connections in mobile phones, tablets and other computing devices; enhanced digital and e-commerce strategies, including competitive online pricing, broader use of free shipping, expanded online assortment and the further development of the Best Buy Marketplace; growth in our services business; and expansion of our established business in China. Likewise, we recently announced a series of actions intended to transform our business, focusing on improving the customer experience and our financial performance, including the roll-out of our Connected Store format in select markets. Misjudgments or flaws in our execution of these initiatives and strategies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Refer to Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for further information surrounding our strategies.

Our ability to generate profitable growth is dependent upon the effective management of our property portfolio.

Our future growth is dependent, in part, on our ability to build, buy or lease new stores. We compete with other retailers and businesses for suitable locations for our stores. Local land use, local zoning issues, environmental regulations and other regulations applicable to the types of stores we desire to construct may impact our ability to find suitable locations, and also influence the cost of building, buying and leasing our stores. We also may have difficulty negotiating real estate purchase agreements and leases on acceptable terms. Failure to manage effectively these and other similar factors will affect our ability to build, buy and lease new stores, which may have a material adverse effect on our future profitability.


14

Table of Contents

We may seek to expand or reposition our business in existing markets in order to attain a greater overall market share. Because our stores typically draw customers from their local areas, a new store may draw customers away from our nearby existing stores and may cause customer traffic and comparable store sales performance to decline at those existing stores.

We also open stores in new markets from time to time. The risks associated with entering a new market include difficulties in attracting customers where there is a lack of customer familiarity with our brands, our lack of familiarity with local customer preferences, seasonal differences in the market and our ability to obtain the necessary governmental approvals. In addition, entry into new markets may bring us into competition with new competitors or with existing competitors with a large, established market presence.

Our current growth strategy includes refocusing our investments on areas that we believe have the potential to meet our rate of return expectations. We expect to continue the expansion of our small-format Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores in the U.S. and our Five Star branded stores in China. We cannot ensure that our new stores, regardless of brand, size, format or market, will be profitably deployed. As a result, our future profitability may be materially adversely affected.

Additionally, in order to optimize the returns we realize from our property portfolio, we may vacate leased properties or modify the terms of such leases prior to the termination of the lease. If we are unable to effectively negotiate such changes with the landlords and/or find suitable subtenants, we may incur excessive lease costs associated with these actions.

The failure to control our costs could have a material adverse impact on our profitability.

Certain elements of our cost structure are largely fixed in nature. Consumer spending remains uncertain, which makes it more challenging for us to maintain or increase our operating income. As a result, we must continue to control our expense structure. Failure to manage our labor and benefit rates, advertising and marketing expenses, operating leases, other store expenses or indirect spending could delay or prevent us from achieving profitability goals or otherwise have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our liquidity may be materially adversely affected by constraints in the capital markets.

We must have sufficient sources of liquidity to fund our working capital requirements, service our outstanding indebtedness and finance investment opportunities. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be forced to curtail our operations or we may not be able to pursue promising business opportunities. The principal sources of our liquidity are funds generated from operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents, and borrowings under credit facilities and other debt financings.

If our sources of liquidity do not satisfy our requirements, we may have to seek additional financing. The future availability of financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as economic and market conditions, the availability of credit and our credit ratings, as well as the possibility that lenders could develop a negative perception of us or the retail industry generally. If required, we may not be able to obtain additional financing, on favorable terms, or at all.

Changes in our credit ratings may limit our access to capital markets and materially increase our borrowing costs.

In fiscal 2012, Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services maintained their corporate and debt ratings at investment grade level with a stable outlook. Fitch Ratings Ltd. maintained its rating of our corporate and debt securities at investment grade level but lowered it from BBB+ to BBB-, while raising its outlook to stable. Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2012, Fitch Ratings Ltd. reaffirmed its corporate and debt rating, but revised its outlook to negative.

Future downgrades to our long-term credit ratings and outlook could negatively impact our access to the capital markets and the perception of us by lenders and other third parties. Our credit ratings are based upon information furnished by us or obtained by a rating agency from its own sources and are subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal by one or more rating agencies at any time. Rating agencies may review the ratings assigned to us due to developments that are beyond our control, including as a result of new standards requiring the agencies to re-assess rating practices and methodologies.

Any downgrade to our debt securities may result in higher interest costs for certain of our credit facilities and other debt financings, and could result in higher interest costs on future financings. Further, in the event of such a downgrade, we may not be able to obtain additional financing, if necessary, on favorable terms, or at all.


15

Table of Contents

Failure in our pursuit or execution of new business ventures, strategic alliances and acquisitions could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our growth strategy also includes expansion via new business ventures, strategic alliances and acquisitions. Assessing a potential growth opportunity involves extensive due diligence. However, the amount of information we can obtain about a potential growth opportunity may be limited, and we can give no assurance that new business ventures, strategic alliances and acquisitions will positively affect our financial performance or will perform as planned. The success of these growth opportunities is also largely dependent on the current and future participation, working relationship and strategic vision of the business venture or strategic alliance partners. Integrating new businesses, stores and concepts can be a difficult task. Cultural differences in some markets into which we may expand or into which we may introduce new retail concepts may result in customers in those markets being less receptive than originally anticipated. These types of transactions may divert our capital and our management's attention from other business issues and opportunities. Further, implementing new strategic alliances or business ventures may also impair our relationships with our vendors or strategic partners. We may not be able to successfully assimilate or integrate companies that we acquire, including their personnel, financial systems, distribution, operations and general operating procedures. We may also encounter challenges in achieving appropriate internal control over financial reporting in connection with the integration of an acquired company. If we fail to assimilate or integrate acquired companies successfully, our business, reputation and operating results could suffer materially. Likewise, our failure to integrate and manage acquired companies successfully may lead to impairment of the associated goodwill and intangible asset balances.

Failure to protect the integrity, security and use of our customers' information and media could expose us to litigation and materially damage our standing with our customers.

The use of individually identifiable data by our business, our business associates and third parties is regulated at the state, federal and international levels. Increasing costs associated with information security – such as increased investment in technology, the costs of compliance with consumer protection laws and costs resulting from consumer fraud – could cause our business and results of operations to suffer materially. Additionally, the success of our online operations depends upon the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks, including the use of cashless payments. While we have taken significant steps to protect customer and confidential information, the intentional or negligent actions of employees, business associates or third parties may undermine our security measures. As a result, unauthorized parties may obtain access to our data systems and misappropriate confidential data. There can be no assurance that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments will prevent the compromise of our customer transaction processing capabilities and personal data. Furthermore, because the methods used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently and may not be immediately detected, we may be unable to anticipate these methods or promptly implement preventative measures. If any such compromise of our security or the security of information residing with our business associates or third parties were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, operating results and financial condition. Any compromise of our data security may materially increase the costs we incur to protect against such breaches and could subject us to additional legal risk.

Risks associated with the vendors from whom our products are sourced could materially adversely affect our revenue and gross profit.

The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. In fiscal 2012, our 20 largest suppliers accounted for just over 60% of the merchandise we purchased. We generally do not have long-term written contracts with our major suppliers that would require them to continue supplying us with merchandise. If any of our key vendors fails to supply us with products or continue to develop new technologies that create consumer demand, we may not be able to meet the demands of our customers and our revenue could materially decline. Likewise, the formation and/or strengthening of business partnerships between our vendors and our competitors could directly alter the composition of products and level of customer purchasing within our stores and online, which could have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

We require all of our vendors to comply with applicable laws, including labor and environmental laws, and otherwise be certified as meeting our required vendor standards of conduct. Our ability to find qualified vendors who meet our standards and supply products in a timely and efficient manner is a significant challenge, especially with respect to goods sourced from outside the U.S. Political or financial instability, merchandise quality issues, product safety concerns, trade restrictions, work stoppages, tariffs, foreign currency exchange rates, transportation capacity and costs, inflation, civil unrest, natural disasters, outbreaks of pandemics and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our control. These and other issues affecting our vendors could materially adversely affect our revenue and gross profit.


16

Table of Contents

Our exclusive brands products are subject to several additional product, supply chain and legal risks, which could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Sales of our exclusive brands, which primarily include Insignia, Dynex, Init, Geek Squad and Rocketfish branded products, represent an important component of our revenue. Most of these products are manufactured under contract by vendors based in southeastern Asia. This arrangement exposes us to the following additional potential risks, which could materially adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results:
We have greater exposure and responsibility to the consumer for warranty replacements and repairs as a result of product defects, as we generally have less recourse to contracted manufacturers for such warranty liabilities;
We may be subject to regulatory compliance and/or product liability claims relating to personal injury, death or property damage caused by such products, some of which may require us to take significant actions such as product recalls;
We may experience disruptions in the manufacturing or the logistics within the manufacturing environment in southeastern Asia caused by inconsistent and unanticipated order patterns, our inability to develop long-term relationships with key factories or unforeseen natural disasters;
We are subject to developing and often-changing labor and environmental laws for the manufacture of products in foreign countries, and we may be unable to conform to new rules or interpretations in a timely manner;
We may be subject to claims by technology owners if we inadvertently infringe upon their patents or other intellectual property rights, or if we fail to pay royalties owed on our products; and
We may be unable to obtain or adequately protect our patents and other intellectual property rights on our products, the new features of our products and/or our processes.

Maintaining consistent product quality, availability and competitive pricing of our exclusive brands products for our customers is critical to building and maintaining customer and brand loyalty. Changes in consumer acceptance or confidence relating to our exclusive brands products could materially reduce our overall revenues and negatively affect operating results.

We are subject to certain statutory, regulatory and legal developments which could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our statutory, regulatory and legal environment exposes us to complex compliance and litigation risks that could materially adversely affect our operations and financial results. The most significant compliance and litigation risks we face are:
The difficulty of complying with sometimes conflicting statutes and regulations in local, national or international jurisdictions;
The impact of new or changing statutes and regulations including, but not limited to, financial reform, environmental requirements, National Labor Relations Board rule changes, health care reform, corporate governance matters and/or other as yet unknown legislation, that could affect how we operate and execute our strategies as well as alter our expense structure;
The impact of changes in tax laws (or interpretations thereof by courts and taxing authorities) and accounting standards; and
The impact of litigation trends, including class action lawsuits involving consumers and shareholders, and labor and employment matters.

Defending against lawsuits and other proceedings may involve significant expense and divert management's attention and resources from other matters. Furthermore, pending regulatory rules regarding requirements to disclose efforts to identify the origin of “conflict minerals” in certain portions of our supply chain could increase the cost of doing business, adversely affecting our results of operations.

Changes to the National Labor Relations Act or other labor-related statutes or regulations could have a material adverse impact on our business.

The National Labor Relations Board continually considers changes to labor regulations, many of which could significantly impact the nature of labor relations in the U.S. and how union elections and contract negotiations are conducted. In 2011, the definition of a bargaining unit changed, making it possible for smaller groups of employees to organize labor unions. Furthermore, new representation election rules – which became effective on April 30, 2012 – have streamlined the election

17

Table of Contents

process, shortening the time between the filing of a petition and an election being held. Additional changes are anticipated in 2012. As of March 3, 2012, none of our U.S. operations had employees represented by labor unions or working under collective bargaining agreements. Changes in labor-related statutes or regulations could increase the percentage of elections won by unions, and employers of newly unionized employees would have a duty to bargain in good faith over matters such as wages, benefits and labor scheduling, which could increase our costs of doing business and materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Additional legislation or rulemaking relating to environmental matters, including but not limited to, energy emissions, could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Environmental legislation or rulemaking efforts could impose unexpected costs or impact us more directly than other companies due to our operations as a global consumer electronics retailer with over 4,000 stores and 91 distribution centers worldwide.

Specifically, environmental legislation or international agreements affecting energy, carbon emissions, water or product materials are continually being explored by governing bodies. Increasing energy and fuel costs, supply chain disruptions and other potential risks to our business, as well as any significant rulemaking or passage of any such legislation, could materially increase the cost to transport our goods and materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Regulatory developments in the U.S. could impact the promotional financing offers available to our credit card customers and have a material adverse impact on our revenue and profitability.

We offer promotional financing in the U.S. through credit cards issued by third party banks that manage and directly extend credit to our customers. The cardholders can receive low- or no-interest promotional financing on qualifying purchases. Promotional financing credit card sales accounted for 20%, 18% and 17% of our Domestic segment's revenue in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

If future legislative or regulatory restrictions or prohibitions arise that significantly alter the operational, economic or contractual aspects of these programs and we or the issuing banks are unable to adjust in a timely manner, our revenue and profitability may be materially adversely affected.

Changes to our credit card agreements could adversely impact our ability to facilitate the provision of consumer credit to our customers and could materially adversely impact our results of operations.

We have agreements with third party banks for the issuance of promotional financing and customer loyalty credit cards. Under the agreements, the banks manage and directly extend credit to our customers. The banks are the sole owner of the accounts receivable generated under the credit card programs and absorb losses associated with non-payment by the cardholders and fraudulent usage of the accounts. We earn revenue from fees the banks pay to us based on the number of credit card accounts activated and card usage, as well as revenue generated from various enhancement services products such as debt cancellation, credit monitoring and identity protection services . The banks also reimburse us for certain costs associated with our credit card programs. Financing fees are paid by us to the banks and are variable based on certain factors such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), charge volume and/or the types of promotional financing offers.

As a result of the continuing changes in the economic and regulatory environment for banks, these institutions continue to re-evaluate their strategies, practices and terms, including, but not limited to, the levels at which consumer credit is granted and the strategic focus on various business segments, such as the retail partner card business. If any of our credit card programs ended prematurely or the terms and provisions, or interpretations thereof, were substantially modified, our results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely impacted.

Our International activities subject us to risks associated with the legislative, judicial, accounting, regulatory, political and economic conditions specific to the countries or regions in which we operate, which could materially adversely affect our financial performance.

We have a presence in various foreign countries, including Bermuda, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, the Republic of Mauritius, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Turks and Caicos, and the U.K. During fiscal 2012, our International segment's operations generated 26% of our revenue. Our future operating results in these countries and in other countries or regions throughout the world where we may operate in the future could be materially adversely affected by a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including political conditions, economic conditions, legal and regulatory constraints and foreign currency regulations.

18

Table of Contents

Specifically, significant concerns exist surrounding the ability of certain governments of member states of the European Union to meet their financial obligations and the indirect impacts this could have on the macroeconomic environment in Europe.

In addition, foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations may have an impact on our future earnings and cash flows from our International segment's operations, and could materially adversely affect our financial performance. Moreover, the economies of some of the countries in which we have operations have in the past suffered from high rates of inflation and currency devaluations, which, if they were to occur again, could materially adversely affect our financial performance. Other factors which may materially adversely impact our International segment's operations include foreign trade, monetary, tax and fiscal policies both of the U.S. and of other countries; laws, regulations and other activities of foreign governments, agencies and similar organizations; and maintaining facilities in countries which have historically been less stable than the U.S.

Additional risks inherent in our International segment's operations generally include, among others, the costs and difficulties of managing international operations, adverse tax consequences and greater difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights in countries other than the U.S. The various risks inherent in doing business in the U.S. generally also exist when doing business outside of the U.S., and may be exaggerated by the difficulty of doing business in numerous sovereign jurisdictions due to differences in culture, laws and regulations.

We rely heavily on our management information systems for inventory management, distribution and other functions. If our systems fail to perform these functions adequately or if we experience an interruption in their operation, our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our management information systems. We rely heavily on our management information systems to manage our order entry, order fulfillment, pricing, point-of-sale and inventory replenishment processes. The failure of our management information systems to perform as we anticipate, or to meet the continuously evolving needs of our business, could disrupt our business and could result in decreased revenue, increased overhead costs and excess or out-of-stock inventory levels, causing our business and results of operations to suffer materially.

A disruption in relationships with key third-party business partners could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We have engaged Accenture LLP (“Accenture”), a global management consulting, technology services and outsourcing company, to manage significant portions of our information technology and human resources operations. We rely heavily on our management information systems for inventory management, distribution and other functions. We also rely heavily on human resources support to attract, develop and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees. Furthermore, we have engaged other key third-party business partners to manage various functions of our business, including but not limited to, customer loyalty programs, promotional financing and customer loyalty credit cards, customer warranty and insurance programs, and other outsourced functions. Any material disruption in our relationship with Accenture or other key third-party business partners could result in decreased revenue and increased overhead costs, causing our business and results of operations to suffer materially.

We are highly dependent on the cash flows and net earnings we generate during our fourth fiscal quarter, which includes the majority of the holiday selling season.

Approximately one-third of our revenue and more than one-half of our net earnings are historically generated in our fourth fiscal quarter, which includes the majority of the holiday shopping season in the U.S., Europe and Canada. Although our results for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 included certain impacts arising from the buy-out of a profit share agreement and from restructuring activities, we remain highly dependent on cash flows and net earnings generated during our fourth fiscal quarter. Unexpected events or developments such as natural or man-made disasters, product sourcing issues or adverse economic conditions in our fourth fiscal quarter could have a material adverse effect on our annual results of operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.


19

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties.
Stores, Distribution Centers and Corporate Facilities
Domestic Segment
The following table summarizes the location of our Domestic segment stores at the end of fiscal 2012:
 
 
U.S.
Best Buy
Stores

 
U.S. Best Buy
Mobile Stand-Alone Stores

 
Pacific Sales
Stores

 
Magnolia
Audio
Video Stores

Alabama
 
15

 
5

 

 

Alaska
 
2

 

 

 

Arizona
 
26

 

 
2

 

Arkansas
 
9

 
4

 

 

California
 
126

 
29

 
31

 
3

Colorado
 
23

 
5

 

 

Connecticut
 
12

 
3

 

 

Delaware
 
4

 

 

 

District of Columbia
 
2

 
1

 

 

Florida
 
67

 
30

 

 

Georgia
 
30

 
6

 

 

Hawaii
 
2

 

 

 

Idaho
 
5

 

 

 

Illinois
 
58

 
14

 

 

Indiana
 
23

 
11

 

 

Iowa
 
13

 

 

 

Kansas
 
10

 
2

 

 

Kentucky
 
9

 
5

 

 

Louisiana
 
16

 
6

 

 

Maine
 
6

 

 

 

Maryland
 
25

 
11

 

 

Massachusetts
 
29

 
11

 

 

Michigan
 
34

 
10

 

 

Minnesota
 
28

 
9

 

 

Mississippi
 
9

 
2

 

 

Missouri
 
21

 
7

 

 

Montana
 
3

 

 

 

Nebraska
 
6

 
3

 

 

Nevada
 
10

 
4

 
1

 

New Hampshire
 
6

 
3

 

 

New Jersey
 
27

 
7

 

 

New Mexico
 
5

 
1

 

 

New York
 
55

 
13

 

 

North Carolina
 
34

 
14

 

 

North Dakota
 
4

 

 

 

Ohio
 
39

 
10

 

 

Oklahoma
 
13

 
3

 

 

Oregon
 
12

 
3

 

 

Pennsylvania
 
38

 
12

 

 

Puerto Rico
 
4

 

 

 

Rhode Island
 
2

 

 

 

South Carolina
 
15

 
4

 

 

South Dakota
 
2

 
1

 

 

Tennessee
 
17

 
6

 

 

Texas
 
110

 
25

 

 

Utah
 
10

 

 

 

Vermont
 
1

 

 

 

Virginia
 
37

 
10

 

 

Washington
 
20

 
4

 

 
2

West Virginia
 
5

 

 

 

Wisconsin
 
23

 
10

 

 

Wyoming
 
1

 
1

 

 

Total
 
1,103

 
305

 
34

 
5


20

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the ownership status and total square footage of our Domestic segment store locations at the end of fiscal 2012:
 
 
U.S.
Best Buy
Stores

 
U.S. Best Buy
Mobile Stand-Alone Stores

 
Pacific Sales
Stores

 
Magnolia
Audio
Video Stores

Owned store locations
 
24

 

 

 

Owned buildings and leased land
 
37

 

 

 

Leased store locations
 
1,042

 
305

 
34

 
5

Square footage (in thousands)
 
42,413

 
428

 
876

 
68


The following table summarizes the location, ownership status and total square footage of space utilized for distribution centers, service centers and corporate offices by our Domestic segment at the end of fiscal 2012:
 
 
 
 
Square Footage (in thousands)
 
 
Location
 
Leased
 
Owned
Distribution centers
 
24 locations in 18 U.S. states
 
7,427

 
3,882

Geek Squad service centers(1)
 
Louisville, Kentucky
 
237

 

Principal corporate headquarters(2)
 
Richfield, Minnesota
 

 
1,452

Territory field offices
 
28 locations throughout the U.S.
 
163

 

Pacific Sales corporate office space
 
Torrance, California
 
15

 

Other corporate office space
 
Los Angeles, California
 
15

 

(1)
The leased space utilized by our Geek Squad operations is used primarily to service notebook and desktop computers.
(2)
Our principal corporate headquarters is an owned facility consisting of four interconnected buildings. Accenture, who manages significant portions of our information technology and human resources operations, and certain other of our vendors who provide us with a variety of corporate services, occupy a portion of our principal corporate headquarters. We may also sublease a portion of our our principal corporate headquarters to other businesses.


21

Table of Contents

International Segment

In order to align our fiscal reporting periods and comply with statutory filing requirements in certain foreign jurisdictions, we consolidate the financial results of our Europe, China and Mexico operations on a two-month lag.

The following table summarizes the location of our International segment stores at the end of fiscal 2012:
 
 
Europe
 
Canada
 
China
 
Mexico
 
 
The Carphone
Warehouse Stores

 
The Phone House Stores

 
Future Shop Stores

 
Best Buy Stores

 
Best Buy Mobile
Stand-Alone Stores

 
Five Star Stores

 
Best Buy Stores

Europe
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
France
 

 
340

 

 

 

 

 

Germany
 

 
205

 

 

 

 

 

Ireland
 
83

 

 

 

 

 

 

Netherlands
 

 
187

 

 

 

 

 

Portugal
 

 
140

 

 

 

 

 

Spain
 

 
526

 

 

 

 

 

Sweden
 

 
110

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom
 
802

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alberta
 

 

 
18

 
11

 
5

 

 

British Columbia
 

 

 
24

 
13

 
5

 

 

Manitoba
 

 

 
5

 
2

 

 

 

New Brunswick
 

 

 
3

 

 

 

 

Newfoundland
 

 

 
1

 
1

 

 

 

Nova Scotia
 

 

 
6

 
2

 

 

 

Ontario
 

 

 
59

 
33

 
17

 

 

Prince Edward Island
 

 

 
1

 

 

 

 

Quebec
 

 

 
29

 
13

 
3

 

 

Saskatchewan
 

 

 
3

 
2

 

 

 

China
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Anhui
 

 

 

 

 

 
17

 

Henan
 

 

 

 

 

 
11

 

Jiangsu
 

 

 

 

 

 
127

 

Shandong
 

 

 

 

 

 
12

 

Sichuan
 

 

 

 

 

 
7

 

Yunnan
 

 

 

 

 

 
6

 

Zhejiang
 

 

 

 

 

 
24

 

Mexico
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estado de Mexico
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2

Distrito Federal
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2

Guadalajara
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
3

Monterrey
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1

Total
 
885

 
1,508

 
149

 
77

 
30

 
204

 
8





22

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the ownership status and total square footage of our International segment store locations at the end of fiscal 2012:
 
Europe
 
Canada
 
China
 
Mexico
 
 
The
Carphone
Warehouse
Stores

 
The Phone
House
Stores

 
Future Shop
Stores

 
Best Buy
Stores

 
Best Buy
Mobile
Stand-Alone Stores

 
Five Star
Stores

 
Best Buy
Stores

Owned store locations
 

 
2

 

 
3

 

 
7

 

Leased store locations
 
885

 
1,506

 
149

 
74

 
30

 
197

 
8

Square footage (in thousands)
 
711

 
788

 
3,944

 
2,432

 
31

 
7,539

 
407


The following table summarizes the location, ownership status and total square footage of space utilized for distribution centers and corporate offices by our International segment at the end of fiscal 2012:
 
 
 
Square Footage (in thousands)
 
 
 
Square Footage (in thousands)
 
Distribution Centers
 
Leased

 
Owned

 
Principal Corporate Offices
 
Leased

 
Owned

Europe
Throughout five European countries
 
270

 

 
Acton, West London and throughout Europe
 
905

 

Canada
Brampton and Bolton, Ontario
 
1,763

 

 
Burnaby, British Columbia
 
141

 

 
Vancouver, British Columbia
 
639

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Five Star
Jiangsu Province, China
 
1,498

 

 
Corporate headquarters, Jiangsu Province, China
 
26

 
46

 
Throughout the Five Star retail chain
 
952

 

 
District offices throughout the Five Star retail chain
 
170

 

Mexico
Estado de Mexico, Mexico
 
66

 

 
Distrito Federal, Mexico
 
21

 


Exclusive Brands

We lease approximately 52,000 square feet of office space in China to support our exclusive brands operations.

Operating Leases

Almost all of our stores and a majority of our distribution facilities are leased. Terms of the lease agreements generally range from 10 to 20 years. Most of the leases contain renewal options and rent escalation clauses.

Additional information regarding our operating leases is available in Note 11, Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Employment Discrimination Action

In December 2005, a purported class action lawsuit captioned, Jasmen Holloway, et al. v. Best Buy Co., Inc., was filed against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California (the “Court”). This federal court action alleged that we discriminate against women and minority individuals on the basis of gender, race, color and/or national origin in our stores with respect to our employment policies and practices. The action sought an end to alleged discriminatory policies and practices, an award of back and front pay, punitive damages and injunctive relief, including rightful place relief for all class members. In June 2011, the plaintiffs filed a motion for preliminary approval of the parties' negotiated settlement including conditional certification of settlement classes and seeking a schedule for final approval. The proposed class action settlement terms included, in exchange for a release and dismissal of the action, certain changes to our personnel policies and procedures; payment to the nine named plaintiffs of $0.3 million in the aggregate; and payment in an amount to be determined by the Court, not to exceed $10 million, of a portion of the plaintiffs' attorneys' fees and costs. In November 2011, the Court fully approved the proposed class action settlement and consent decree; certified the settlement class; and approved and directed distribution of the settlement. Final judgment dismissing the matter with prejudice was also entered in November 2011. All payments in respect of this class action were made in full by their due date, January 8, 2012. It is not reasonably possible that we will incur losses materially in excess of the amounts paid.


23

Table of Contents

Securities Actions

In February 2011, a purported class action lawsuit captioned, IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. Best Buy Co., Inc., et al., was filed against us and certain of our executive officers in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota. This federal court action alleges, among other things, that we and the officers named in the complaint violated Sections 10(b) and 20A of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act in connection with press releases and other statements relating to our fiscal 2011 earnings guidance that had been made available to the public. Additionally, in March 2011, a similar purported class action was filed by a single shareholder, Rene LeBlanc, against us and certain of our executive officers in the same court. In July 2011, after consolidation of the IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund and Rene LeBlanc actions, a consolidated complaint captioned, IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund v. Best Buy Co., Inc., et al., was filed and served. We filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint in September 2011, and in March 2012, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2012, the court issued a decision dismissing the action with prejudice. In April 2012, the plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court's decision on our motion to dismiss. As a result, the court's decision on the motion to dismiss is not final, and the time period for an appeal thereof is delayed until 30 days after a court order disposing of the plaintiff's new motion.

In June 2011, a purported shareholder derivative action captioned, Salvatore M. Talluto, Derivatively and on Behalf of Best Buy Co., Inc. v. Richard M. Schulze, et al., as Defendants and Best Buy Co., Inc. as Nominal Defendant, was filed against both present and former members of our Board of Directors serving during the relevant periods in fiscal 2011 and us as a nominal defendant in the U.S. District Court for the State of Minnesota. The lawsuit alleges that the director defendants breached their fiduciary duty, among other claims, including violation of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, in failing to correct public misrepresentations and material misstatements and/or omissions regarding our fiscal 2011 earnings projections and, for certain directors, selling stock while in possession of material adverse non-public information. Additionally, in July 2011, a similar purported class action was filed by a single shareholder, Daniel Himmel, against us and certain of our executive officers in the same court. In November 2011, the respective lawsuits of Salvatore M. Talluto and Daniel Himmel were consolidated into a new action captioned, In Re: Best Buy Co., Inc. Shareholder Derivative Litigation, and a stay ordered until after a final resolution of the motion to dismiss in the consolidated IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund v. Best Buy Co., Inc., et al. case.

The plaintiffs in the above securities actions seek damages, including interest, equitable relief and reimbursement of the costs and expenses they incurred in the lawsuits. We believe the allegations in the above securities actions are without merit, and we intend to defend these actions vigorously. Based on our assessment of the facts underlying the claims in the above securities actions, their respective procedural litigation history, and the degree to which we intend to defend our company in these matters, the amount or range of reasonably possible losses, if any, cannot be estimated.

Other Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of conducting business. For such legal proceedings, we have accrued an amount that reflects the aggregate liability deemed probable and estimable, but this amount is not material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Because of the preliminary nature of many of these proceedings, the difficulty in ascertaining the applicable facts relating to many of these proceedings, the variable treatment of claims made in many of these proceedings and the difficulty of predicting the settlement value of many of these proceedings, we are not able to estimate an amount or range of any reasonably possible additional losses. However, based upon our historical experience, the resolution of these proceedings is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.


24

Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant
(As of April 26, 2012)

Name
Age
 
Position With the Company
 
Years
With the
Company

Shari L. Ballard
45
 
Executive Vice President and President, International
 
19

Stephen E. Gillett(1)
36
 
Executive Vice President and President, Best Buy Digital and Global Business Services
 

Christopher K.K. Gould
42
 
Vice President, Treasurer
 
1

Susan S. Grafton
55
 
Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
 
11

Barry Judge
50
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer
 
12

George L. Mikan III(2)
41
 
Chief Executive Officer (Interim)
 

James L. Muehlbauer
50
 
Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
 
10

Keith J. Nelsen
48
 
Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Risk Officer & Secretary
 
6

Richard M. Schulze
71
 
Founder and Chairman of the Board
 
46

Timothy R. Sheehan
47
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer
 
27

Carol A. Surface
46
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
 
2

Michael A. Vitelli
56
 
Executive Vice President and President, U.S.
 
8

(1)
Mr. Gillett joined us as Executive Vice President and President, Best Buy Digital and Global Business Services in March 2012.
(2)
Mr. Mikan became our Chief Executive Officer (Interim), effective April 10, 2012.

Shari L. Ballard was named Executive Vice President and President, International in January 2012. Previously, she served as Executive Vice President, President – Americas from March 2010 until being appointed to her current role; Executive Vice President – Retail Channel Management from 2007 to 2010; and as Executive Vice President – Human Resources and Legal from 2004 to 2007. Ms. Ballard joined us in 1993 and has served as Senior Vice President, Vice President, and General and Assistant Store Manager. Ms. Ballard is a member of the University of Minnesota Foundation board of trustees and sits on its executive and human resources committees. She has also accepted an offer to join the board of directors of the Delhaize Group, a Belgian international food retailer, pending shareholder approval in May 2012.

Stephen E. Gillett was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Best Buy Digital and Global Business Services in March 2012. Mr. Gillett was previously the chief information officer of Starbucks, Inc. (“Starbucks”) and the executive vice president of Digital Ventures, Starbucks' technology business group. In his role, Mr. Gillett led Starbucks' efforts to use technology to provide operational capabilities, connect with customers and enhance customer experiences. He was responsible for all global enterprise technology activities at Starbucks, including retail technology, business intelligence, emerging platforms, software engineering, technology services, program management, information security, global infrastructure, and international technology, as well as all of its digital business activities. Mr. Gillett joined Starbucks in 2008 as its senior vice president, chief information officer and general manager of Digital Ventures. Prior to joining Starbucks, Mr. Gillett was CIO and SVP, Engineering for Corbis, a digital media company, from May 2006 to May 2008. From December 2004 to May 2006, Mr. Gillett was Senior Director Engineering with Yahoo!, an internet destination and online media company. Mr. Gillett's previous roles also include multiple years of technology leadership with CNET Networks and Sun Microsystems. He joined the board of directors for Symantec Corp., a developer of information security, at the beginning of 2012.

Christopher K.K. Gould joined us in 2010 when he was named Vice President, Treasurer. Previously, Mr. Gould spent 11 years at Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., a global retailer, most recently as vice president and head of the capital markets division from 2007 to 2010. From 2006 to 2007, he was a senior director and head of finance for the financial services division, and prior to that, Mr. Gould held other financial leadership roles in Wal-Mart in its international, corporate finance and investment analysis divisions. Earlier in his career, Mr. Gould worked with Wasatch Funds and Bankers Trust Company. He previously served on the board of the Business Consortium Fund, an affiliate of the National Minority Supplier Development Council, Inc.

Susan S. Grafton was named Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer in 2011. She previously served as Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer from 2006 until being named to her current role. From 2005 to 2006, she served as Vice President – Financial Operations and Controller, and from 2004 to 2005, she served as Vice President – Finance, Planning and Performance Management. Prior to joining us in 2000, she worked in finance and accounting positions with The Pillsbury Company and Pitney Bowes, Inc. Ms. Grafton is a member of Financial Executives International's

25

Table of Contents

Committee on Corporate Reporting and the Finance Leaders Council for the Retail Industry Leaders Association. She also serves on the board of Perspectives, Inc., a non-profit supportive housing program in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

Barry Judge took on additional strategic responsibilities as Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer in March 2012, after being named Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer in 2009. He was appointed to the Chief Marketing Officer role in 2008. Prior to that appointment, Mr. Judge served as Senior Vice President – Marketing from 2007 to 2008 and as Senior Vice President – Consumer and Brand Marketing from 2004 to 2007. Mr. Judge joined us in 1999 as a member of our e-commerce team. Prior to joining us, he spent four years as vice president of marketing for Caribou Coffee Company. His professional career also includes marketing and management positions at Young & Rubicam, Coca-Cola USA, The Quaker Oats Company and The Pillsbury Company. Mr. Judge serves on the board of directors for Total Wine & More, the country's largest independent retailer of fine wine.

George L. Mikan III is currently serving as our Chief Executive Officer (Interim) as of April 2012. Prior to his current appointment, he served until February 2012 as executive vice president of UnitedHealth Group Incorporated ("UnitedHealth"), a diversified health and well-being company. From June 2011 until his departure from UnitedHealth, he served as executive vice president and also provided transitional duties for his executive role as CEO of Optum, a health care services company and affiliate of UnitedHealth, which he was appointed to in January 2011. From November 2006 to January 2011, he served as the executive vice president and chief financial officer of UnitedHealth Group. From February 2006 to November 2006, Mr. Mikan served as senior vice president of finance of UnitedHealth. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Mikan was chief financial officer of UnitedHealthcare and president of UnitedHealth Networks, both affiliates of UnitedHealth. Mr. Mikan joined UnitedHealthGroup in 1998 and has served in various leadership roles from 1998 until 2012, including an executive role on the corporate development group responsible for merger and acquisition activities. From 1994 to 1998, he was employed at Arthur Andersen LLP.

James L. Muehlbauer was named Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer in 2008 after being appointed Enterprise Chief Financial Officer (interim) in 2007. From 2006 to 2007, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer – Best Buy U.S., and from 2003 to 2006, as Senior Vice President – Finance. Prior to joining us, Mr. Muehlbauer spent 10 years with The Pillsbury Company, where he held senior-level finance management positions, including vice president and worldwide controller, vice president of operations, divisional finance director, director of mergers and acquisitions and director of internal audit. Prior to that, Mr. Muehlbauer spent eight years with Coopers & Lybrand LLP (now PricewaterhouseCoopers) including senior manager positions in the firm's audit and consulting practices. He serves on the board of overseers of the University of Minnesota Carlson School of Management.

Keith J. Nelsen was named Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Risk Officer and Secretary in March 2012, after being appointed Executive Vice President, General Counsel in May 2011 and Secretary of the Company in June 2011. He previously served as Senior Vice President, Commercial & International General Counsel from 2008 until his current appointment. Mr. Nelsen joined us in 2006 as Vice President, Operations & International General Counsel. Prior to joining us, he worked at Danka Business Systems PLC, an office products supplier, from 1997 to 2006 and served in various roles, including chief administration officer and general counsel. Prior to his time at Danka, Mr. Nelsen held the role of vice president, legal from 1995 to 1997 at NordicTrack, Inc., a provider of leisure equipment products. Mr. Nelsen began his career in 1989 as a practicing attorney with Best and Flanagan, LLP, a law firm located in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Mr. Nelsen is a member of the board of directors of NuShoe, Inc., a privately held shoe repair facility in San Diego, California.

Richard M. Schulze is a founder of Best Buy and Chairman of our Board of Directors. He has been an officer and director from our inception in 1966. Effective in June 2002, he relinquished the duties of CEO, having served as our principal executive officer for more than 30 years. Mr. Schulze serves on the University of St. Thomas board of trustees and board of governors for the Opus College of Business at St. Thomas. In addition, he is also chairman of St. Thomas' Executive and Institutional Advancement Committee, and a member of its Board Affairs Committee. He is also a director of the Richard M. Schulze Family Foundation, Olympus Ventures, LLC and Founders Properties, LLC. Mr. Schulze previously served on the boards of Pentair, Inc., a diversified industrial manufacturing company, and The Best Buy Children's Foundation. Mr. Schulze holds an honorary doctorate of laws degree from the University of St. Thomas.

Timothy R. Sheehan was named Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer in 2010. He previously served as Executive Vice President – Enterprise Retail Operations since 2009. From 2004 to 2009, he served as Senior Vice President – Customer Experience Creation, where he focused on our branding and consumer support. Mr. Sheehan joined us in 1985 as a part-time sales associate and steadily advanced his career as our company grew. He has served us as Regional Manager, District Manager and Store General Manager. Upon moving from the field into corporate, Mr. Sheehan served in positions in retail operations, consumer relations and store support.


26

Table of Contents

Carol A. Surface joined us in 2010 when she was appointed Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer. Prior to joining us, Ms. Surface spent 10 years at PepsiCo, Inc., a global food, snack and beverage company, where she served most recently as senior vice president of human resources and chief personnel officer for PepsiCo International. From 2009 to 2010, Ms. Surface served PepsiCo in Dubai where she was responsible for all human resources aspects across the Asia Pacific region, Middle East and Africa. Prior to that, Ms. Surface spent five years in Hong Kong, serving as PepsiCo's senior vice president of international human resources and chief personnel officer for the Asia region. Prior to her work at PepsiCo, her professional career included human resources and organization development positions with Kmart Corporation, Eaton Corporation and The Dow Chemical Company.

Michael A. Vitelli was named Executive Vice President and President, U.S. in January 2012. He previously served as Executive Vice President, President – Americas since March 2010 and as Executive Vice President – Customer Operating Groups since 2008. Mr. Vitelli joined us in 2004 and served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Home Solutions from 2007 to 2008, and Senior Vice President – Merchandising from 2004 to 2007. Prior to joining us, he spent 23 years with Sony Electronics, Inc., serving in positions of increasing responsibility including executive vice president of Sony's Visual Products Company. Mr. Vitelli serves on the boards of the National Multiple Sclerosis Society, Minnesota Chapter; the National Consumer Technology Industry chapter of the Anti-Defamation League, where he serves as the industry chair; and the Consumer Electronics Association executive board.

Resignation of Chief Executive Officer

On April 9, 2012, Brian J. Dunn notified the Board that he resigned, and the Board accepted his resignation, as Chief Executive Officer and Director of Best Buy, effective April 10, 2012. Director George L. Mikan III was named Chief Executive Officer (Interim) while a search for a permanent Chief Executive Officer is conducted. The Audit Committee initiated an independent investigation into allegations related to Mr. Dunn's personal conduct. The terms of Mr. Dunn's separation from Best Buy, as well as the results of our Audit Committee's ongoing investigation, will be made available once that investigation is complete and the separation terms have been finalized.


27

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol BBY. The table below sets forth the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange — Composite Index during the periods indicated.
 
Sales Price
 
High

 
Low

Fiscal 2012
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
33.22

 
$
28.09

Second Quarter
32.85

 
23.25

Third Quarter
28.36

 
21.79

Fourth Quarter
28.53

 
22.48

Fiscal 2011
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
48.83

 
$
36.28

Second Quarter
42.65

 
30.90

Third Quarter
45.63

 
31.32

Fourth Quarter
44.62

 
32.00


Holders

As of April 26, 2012, there were 3,100 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

In fiscal 2004, our Board initiated the payment of a regular quarterly cash dividend with respect to shares of our common stock. A quarterly cash dividend has been paid in each subsequent quarter. Our quarterly cash dividend for the first two quarters of fiscal 2011 was $0.14 per share. For the remaining two quarters of fiscal 2011, and for the first two quarters of fiscal 2012, our quarterly cash dividend was $0.15 per share. Our quarterly cash dividend for the remaining two quarters of fiscal 2012 was $0.16 per share. The payment of cash dividends is subject to customary legal and contractual restrictions.

Future dividend payments will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors considered relevant by our Board.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

From time to time, we repurchase our common stock in the open market pursuant to programs approved by our Board. We may repurchase our common stock for a variety of reasons, such as acquiring shares to offset dilution related to equity-based incentives, including stock options and our employee stock purchase plan, and optimizing our capital structure.

In June 2011, our Board authorized up to $5.0 billion of share repurchases. The program, which became effective on June 21, 2011, terminated and replaced a $5.5 billion share repurchase program authorized by our Board in June 2007. There is no expiration date governing the period over which we can repurchase shares under the June 2011 program. During fiscal 2011, we repurchased and retired 32.6 million shares at a cost of $1.2 billion. During fiscal 2012, we repurchased and retired 54.6 million shares at a cost of $1.5 billion. At the end of fiscal 2012, $4.1 billion of the $5.0 billion of share repurchases authorized by our Board in June 2011 was available for future share repurchases.


28

Table of Contents

We consider several factors in determining when to make share repurchases including, among other things, our cash needs, the availability of funding, our future business plans and the market price of our stock. We expect that cash provided by future operating activities, as well as available cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, will be the sources of funding for our share repurchase program. Based on the anticipated amounts to be generated from those sources of funds in relation to the remaining authorization approved by our Board under the June 2011 share repurchase program, we do not expect that future share repurchases will have a material impact on our short-term or long-term liquidity.

The following table presents the total number of shares of our common stock that we purchased during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the average price paid per share, the number of shares that we purchased as part of our publicly announced repurchase program, and the approximate dollar value of shares that still could have been purchased at the end of the applicable fiscal period, pursuant to our June 2011 share repurchase program:
Fiscal Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
 
Average
Price Paid
per Share
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
 
Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Plans or Programs(1)

November 27, 2011, through December 31, 2011
4,699,241

 
$
24.55

 
4,699,241

 
$
4,312,000,000

January 1, 2012, through January 28, 2012
3,517,375

 
24.62

 
3,517,375

 
4,226,000,000

January 29, 2012, through March 3, 2012
4,576,249

 
25.07

 
4,576,249

 
4,111,000,000

Total Fiscal 2012 Fourth Quarter
12,792,865

 
24.76

 
12,792,865

 
4,111,000,000

(1)
"Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs" reflects our $5.0 billion share repurchase program announced on June 21, 2011, less the $889 million we purchased in fiscal 2012. There is no stated expiration for the June 2011 share repurchase program.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information about our common stock that may be issued under our equity compensation plans as of March 3, 2012.
Plan Category
Securities to Be Issued
Upon Exercise of
Outstanding
Options

 
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
per Share(1)

 
Securities
Available
for Future
Issuance(2)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(3)
40,637,573

(4) 
$
38.08

 
24,537,808

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(5)
11,250

 
$
34.44

 
n/a

Total
40,648,823

 
$
38.08

 
24,537,808

(1)
Includes weighted-average exercise price of outstanding stock options only.
(2)
Includes 1,852,958 shares of our common stock which have been reserved for issuance under our 2008 and 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plans.
(3)
Includes our 1994 Full-Time Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended; our 1997 Directors' Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended; our 1997 Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended; and our 2004 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, as amended.
(4)
Includes grants of stock options and market-based, performance-based and time-based restricted stock.
(5)
Represents non-plan options issued to a former executive officer in April 2002 in consideration of his service to the Board prior to his employment with us. The options, which were fully vested upon grant, have an exercise price of $34.44 per share and expire on April 11, 2012.


29

Table of Contents

Best Buy Stock Comparative Performance Graph

The information contained in this Best Buy Stock Comparative Performance Graph section shall not be deemed to be "soliciting material" or "filed" or incorporated by reference in future filings with the SEC, or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock for the last five fiscal years with the cumulative total return on the Standard & Poor's 500 Index ("S&P 500"), of which we are a component, and the Standard & Poor's Retailing Group Industry Index ("S&P Retailing Group"), of which we are also a component. The S&P Retailing Group is a capitalization-weighted index of domestic equities traded on the NYSE and NASDAQ, and includes high-capitalization stocks representing the retail sector of the S&P 500.

The graph assumes an investment of $100 at the close of trading on March 2, 2007, the last trading day of fiscal 2007, in our common stock, the S&P 500 and the S&P Retailing Group.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Best Buy Co., Inc., the S&P 500
and the S&P Retailing Group

 
FY07

 
FY08

 
FY09

 
FY10

 
FY11

 
FY12

Best Buy Co., Inc.
$
100.00

 
$
93.68

 
$
63.74

 
$
81.98

 
$
73.82

 
$
56.75

S&P 500
100.00

 
96.40

 
54.64

 
83.93

 
102.88

 
108.15

S&P Retailing Group
100.00

 
82.47

 
56.44

 
96.87

 
121.23

 
141.63


*    Cumulative total return assumes dividend reinvestment.

Source: Research Data Group, Inc.


30

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table presents our selected financial data. The table should be read in conjunction with Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Five-Year Financial Highlights

$ in millions, except per share amounts
Fiscal Year
2012(1)(2)

 
2011(3)

 
2010(4)

 
2009(5)(6)

 
2008

Consolidated Statements of Earnings Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
50,705

 
$
49,747

 
$
49,243

 
$
44,737

 
$
39,892

Operating income
1,085

 
2,374

 
2,368

 
2,014

 
2,185

Net earnings from continuing operations
330

 
1,554

 
1,495

 
1,150

 
1,426

Loss from discontinued operations
(308
)
 
(188
)
 
(101
)
 
(117
)
 
(16
)
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
22

 
1,366

 
1,394

 
1,033

 
1,410

Net (loss) earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc.
(1,231
)
 
1,277

 
1,317

 
1,003

 
1,407

Per Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) earnings from continuing operations
$
(2.89
)
 
$
3.44

 
$
3.29

 
$
2.66

 
$
3.16

Net loss from discontinued operations
(0.47
)
 
(0.36
)
 
(0.19
)
 
(0.27
)
 
(0.04
)
Net (loss) earnings
(3.36
)
 
3.08

 
3.10

 
2.39

 
3.12

Cash dividends declared and paid
0.62

 
0.58

 
0.56

 
0.54

 
0.46

Common stock price:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High
33.22

 
48.83

 
45.55

 
48.03

 
53.90

Low
21.79

 
30.90

 
23.97

 
16.42

 
41.85

Operating Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comparable store sales (decline) gain(7)
(1.7
)%
 
(1.8
)%
 
0.6
%
 
(1.3
)%
 
2.9
%
Gross profit rate
24.8
 %
 
25.2
 %
 
24.5
%
 
24.4
 %
 
23.8
%
Selling, general and administrative expenses rate
20.2
 %
 
20.2
 %
 
19.5
%
 
19.7
 %
 
18.4
%
Operating income rate
2.1
 %
 
4.8
 %
 
4.8
%
 
4.5
 %
 
5.5
%
Year-End Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current ratio(8)
1.2

 
1.2

 
1.2

 
1.0

 
1.1

Total assets
$
16,005

 
$
17,849

 
$
18,302

 
$
15,826

 
$
12,758

Debt, including current portion
2,208

 
1,709

 
1,802

 
1,963

 
816

Total equity(9)
4,366

 
7,292

 
6,964

 
5,156

 
4,524

Number of stores
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
1,447

 
1,317

 
1,190

 
1,107

 
971

International(10)
2,861

 
2,756

 
2,746

 
2,745

 
342

Total(10)
4,308

 
4,073

 
3,936

 
3,852

 
1,313

Retail square footage (000s)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
43,785

 
43,660

 
42,480

 
40,924

 
37,511

International(10)
15,852

 
13,848

 
13,295

 
13,000

 
10,987

Total(10)
59,637

 
57,508

 
55,775

 
53,924

 
48,498

(1)
Fiscal 2012 included 53 weeks. All other periods presented included 52 weeks.
(2)
Included within our Operating income and Net earnings from continuing operations for fiscal 2012 is $58 ($38 net of taxes) of restructuring charges from continuing operations recorded in fiscal 2012 related to measures we took to restructure our business. Also included in Net earnings from continuing operations for fiscal 2012 is $1,180 (net of taxes) of goodwill impairment charges related to Best Buy Europe. Included in Loss from discontinued operations is $186 (net of taxes) of restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2012 related to measures we took to restructure our business. Net (loss) earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. for fiscal 2012 includes restructuring charges (net of tax and noncontrolling interest) from both continuing and discontinued operations and the net of tax goodwill impairment, and excludes $1,303 in noncontrolling interest related to the agreement to buy out

31

Table of Contents

Carphone Warehouse Group plc's interest in the profit share-based management fee paid to Best Buy Europe pursuant to the 2007 Best Buy Mobile agreement (which represents earnings attributable to the noncontrolling interest).
(3)
Included within our Operating income and Net earnings from continuing operations for fiscal 2011 is $147 ($93 net of taxes) of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal fourth quarter related to measures we took to restructure our businesses. These charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income rate of 0.3% of revenue for the fiscal year. Included in Loss from discontinued operations is $54 (net of taxes) of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal fourth quarter related to measures we took to restructure our business. Net (loss) earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. for fiscal 2011 includes the net of tax impact of restructuring charges from both continuing and discontinued operations.
(4)
Included within our Operating income, Net earnings from continuing operations and Net (loss) earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. for fiscal 2010 is $52 ($25 net of taxes and noncontrolling interest) of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal first quarter related to measures we took to restructure our businesses. These charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income rate of 0.1% of revenue for the fiscal year.
(5)
Included within our Operating income and Net earnings from continuing operations for fiscal 2009 is $78 ($48 net of tax) of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal fourth quarter related to measures we took to restructure our businesses. Included within Loss from discontinued operations is goodwill and tradename impairment charges of $64 (net of tax) related to our former Speakeasy business. Net (loss) earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. for fiscal 2009 includes the net of tax impact of restructuring charges from continuing operations and the goodwill and tradename impairment from discontinued operations.
(6)
Included within our Net earnings from continuing operations and Net (loss) earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. for fiscal 2009 is $111 ($96 net of tax) of investment impairment charges related to our investment in the common stock of CPW.
(7)
Comparable store sales is a measure commonly used in the retail industry, which indicates store performance by measuring the growth in revenue for certain stores for a particular period over the corresponding period in the prior year. Our comparable store sales is comprised of revenue from stores operating for at least 14 full months as well as revenue related to call centers, Web sites and our other comparable sales channels. Revenue we earn from sales of merchandise to wholesalers or dealers is not included within our comparable store sales calculation. Relocated, remodeled and expanded stores are excluded from the comparable store sales calculation until at least 14 full months after reopening. Acquired stores are included in the comparable store sales calculation beginning with the first full quarter following the first anniversary of the date of the acquisition. The portion of our calculation of the comparable store sales percentage change attributable to our International segment excludes the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The method of calculating comparable store sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our method of calculating comparable store sales may not be the same as other retailers' methods. The calculation of comparable store sales excludes the impact of the extra week of revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, as well as revenue from discontinued operations for all periods presented.
(8)
The current ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities.
(9)
As a result of the adoption of new accounting guidance related to the treatment of noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements, we recharacterized minority interests previously reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as noncontrolling interests and classified them as a component of shareholders' equity. As a result, we have reclassified total shareholders' equity for fiscal years 2009 and 2008 to include noncontrolling interests of $513 and $40, respectively.
(10)
In the second quarter of fiscal 2009, we acquired 2,414 stores pursuant to our acquisition of a 50% interest in Best Buy Europe.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") is intended to provide a reader of our financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of our management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect our future results. Unless otherwise noted, transactions and other factors significantly impacting our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity are discussed in order of magnitude. Our MD&A is presented in seven sections:

Overview
Business Strategy and Core Philosophies
Results of Operations
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations
Critical Accounting Estimates
New Accounting Standards

Our MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest the end of February. Fiscal 2012 included 53 weeks and fiscal 2011 and 2010 each included 52 weeks.

On November 2, 2011, our Board of Directors approved a change in our fiscal year-end from the Saturday nearest the end of February to the Saturday nearest the end of January, effective beginning with our fiscal year 2013. As a result of this change, our fiscal year 2013 transition period will be 11 months and will end on February 2, 2013, and we will begin consolidating the results of our Europe, China and Mexico operations on a one-month lag, compared to a two-month lag in fiscal year 2012, to continue aligning our fiscal reporting periods with statutory filing requirements in certain foreign jurisdictions. We will begin filing our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q based on the new fiscal year-end beginning with the first quarter of fiscal year 2013.

32

Table of Contents

We also currently plan to report the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 as a three-month period, which will include the results of the last month of fiscal year 2012.

Overview

We are a multi-national retailer of consumer electronics, computing and mobile phone products, entertainment products, appliances and related services. We operate two reportable segments: Domestic and International. The Domestic segment is comprised of all operations within the U.S. and its territories. The International segment is comprised of all operations outside the U.S. and its territories.

Our business, like that of many retailers, is seasonal. Historically, we have realized more of our revenue and earnings in the fiscal fourth quarter, which includes the majority of the holiday shopping season in the U.S., Europe and Canada, than in any other fiscal quarter.

While some of the products and services we offer are viewed by consumers as essential, others are viewed as discretionary purchases. Consequently, our results of operations are susceptible to changes in consumer confidence levels and macroeconomic factors such as unemployment, consumer credit availability and the condition of the housing market. Consumers have maintained a cautious approach to discretionary spending due to continued economic pressures. Consequently, customer traffic and spending patterns continue to be difficult to predict. Other factors that directly impact our performance are product life-cycles (including the introduction and adoption of new technology) and the competitive retail environment for our products and services. As a result of these factors, predicting our future revenue and net earnings is difficult. By providing access to a wide selection of products and accessories; a vast array of service offerings, such as extended warranties, installation and repair; an integrated multi-channel approach; and a knowledgeable sales staff to help our customers select their devices and access related services and content, we believe we offer our customers a differentiated value proposition. Disciplined capital allocation, working capital management and expense control remain key priorities for us as we navigate through the current environment.

Throughout this MD&A, we refer to comparable store sales. Comparable store sales is a commonly used metric in the retail industry, which compares revenue for a particular period with the corresponding period in the prior year, excluding the impact of sales from new stores opened. Our comparable store sales is comprised of revenue from stores operating for at least 14 full months, as well as revenue related to call centers, Web sites and our other comparable sales channels. Revenue we earn from sales of merchandise to wholesalers or dealers is not included within our comparable store sales calculation. Relocated, remodeled and expanded stores are excluded from the comparable store sales calculation until at least 14 full months after reopening. Acquired stores are included in the comparable store sales calculation beginning with the first full quarter following the first anniversary of the date of the acquisition. The portion of our calculation of the comparable store sales percentage change attributable to our International segment excludes the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The method of calculating comparable store sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our method of calculating comparable store sales may not be the same as other retailers' methods. The calculation of comparable store sales excludes the impact of the extra week of revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, as well as revenue from discontinued operations.

In our discussions of the operating results of our consolidated business and our International segment, we sometimes refer to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates or the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which are references to the differences between the foreign currency exchange rates we use to convert the International segment’s operating results from local currencies into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. The impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations is typically calculated as the difference between current period activity translated using the current period’s currency exchange rates and the comparable prior-year period’s currency exchange rates. We use this method to calculate the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates for all countries where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

In our discussions of the operating results below, we sometimes refer to the impact of net new stores on our results of operations. The key factors that dictate the impact that the net new stores have on our operating results include: (i) the size and format of new stores, as we operate stores ranging from approximately 1,000 square feet to approximately 50,000 square feet; (ii) the length of time the stores were open during the period; and (iii) the overall success of new store launches.


33

Table of Contents

Business Strategy and Core Philosophies

In recent years, the consumer electronics industry experienced limited new product innovation in many key product categories, such as televisions, computers and gaming. At the same time, consumers have enjoyed greater price transparency and easier comparison shopping. These factors have combined with a continuation of economic pressure weighing on many consumers. In response to these circumstances, we have accelerated our cost reduction efforts, adjusted our sales mix and focused on improving the experience we offer our customers.

Last year, we took important steps to begin transforming our company and focusing on strategies we believed offer the best opportunities to improve returns. We significantly restructured our International business, closing our large-format Best Buy branded stores in China, Turkey and the U.K. when it became clear that they would not deliver returns consistent with our expectations and timelines. We also agreed to buy out the Best Buy Mobile profit share-based management fee paid to Best Buy Europe pursuant to the 2007 Best Buy Mobile agreement (the “profit share agreement”). The buy-out of the profit share agreement allows us to more fully capitalize on what we believe is the growing connections opportunities related to devices and connection services in the U.S. and Canada.

We are currently focused on four initiatives to continue to drive the transformation of our company, all of which are focused on improving our financial performance:

Multi-year Cost Reductions;
U.S. Store Format Improvements;
Growth Initiatives; and
Improved Customer Experience.

Multi-year Cost Reductions. We are taking several actions to lower our cost structure in certain areas of our business. These actions are intended not only to help us be more efficient, but also to allow for current investments in our initiatives designed to grow earnings over the long-term. We plan to redirect our financial resources to invest in enhancements to the customer experience and in investment opportunities that will provide the greatest returns. In total, we expect to reduce costs in targeted areas by $800 million by fiscal 2015 – with $250 million of the cost reductions expected to be realized in fiscal 2013. These planned reductions primarily fall into three areas:

Retail stores – including the closure of approximately 50 large-format Best Buy stores in the U.S. in fiscal 2013;
Corporate and support structure – savings from information technology services, procurement savings on non-merchandise purchases, reduction in consulting services and reduction in corporate and support positions; and
Cost of goods sold – reduction of product transition costs, lower product return and exchange expenses and supply chain efficiencies.

U.S. Store Format Improvements. We are revising our portfolio of store formats to improve the customer experience and to improve store performance and productivity. In the immediate term, this will involve closing some large-format Best Buy branded stores, modifying others to our pilot Connected Store format, and adding more small-format Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores. The Connected Stores will be remodeled large-format stores that focus on connections, services and an enhanced multi-channel experience through a total transformation of both the physical store and the operating model. As we continue to focus on making it easier for customers to shop with us – anywhere, any time and any way they want – we are increasing our points of presence, while decreasing overall square footage, which we believe will result in increased profit per square foot.

Growth Initiatives. From an investment standpoint, we will continue to prioritize the opportunities in existing businesses through four key growth initiatives: e-commerce, connections, services and China. We expect these initiatives to benefit our overall financial performance.

To continue to drive the growth of our e-commerce platform, we are focused on improving the customer experience by providing more competitive online pricing, broader use of free shipping, the expansion of our online assortment and the further development of the Best Buy Marketplace, which significantly expanded the range of assortment, price points and brands available to our customers.
We will continue to focus on growing connections, not only from Best Buy Mobile, but from other parts of our business. While we believe Best Buy Mobile will remain an important driver of our connections performance, we plan to leverage our mobile connections expertise for other devices – including tablets, notebooks and e-Readers – to drive increased attachments of connections, accessories and services.
We see the wide range of services we can offer our customers as a key differentiator and an area with growth potential. Our growth initiatives will include: (i) refining our extended product support services with tailored programs for

34

Table of Contents

certain products, such as mobile phones and tablets; (ii) expanding the range of our services to customers both in our stores and remotely; and (iii) further increasing our service revenue from small and medium-sized business customers, including through our mindSHIFT acquisition.
In China, we will continue to grow our Five Star business through approximately 50 new store openings and the introduction of the Best Buy Mobile store-within-a-store concept during fiscal 2013.

Improved Customer Experience. Delivering outstanding experiences to our customers is a constant area of focus, and we believe the strength of those experiences is an important differentiator for us. We continuously search for ways to improve our customer interactions, whether in store, online or in customers' homes.

For example, our recently-announced “Perfect Match Promise” is based on a strategic message that we believe is important to customers: 30 days of free telephone support to assist customers in using their products; 30 days of easy returns with no restocking fees; and 30 days of competitor price matching.

In fiscal 2013, we also plan to enhance our Reward Zone loyalty program for premier level members. These enhancements include: free expedited shipping; premier access to new technology, popular products and sales events; a free house call from a Geek Squad agent; and extended returns and price-match benefits.

In order to support our focus on improving customer experience, we also plan to introduce enhanced training, recognition and reward programs which will sharpen our employees' focus on delivering outstanding customer experiences.

Results of Operations

In order to align our fiscal reporting periods and comply with statutory filing requirements in certain foreign jurisdictions, we consolidate the financial results of our Europe, China and Mexico operations on a two-month lag. Consistent with such consolidation, the financial and non-financial information presented in our MD&A relative to these operations is also presented on a two-month lag.

Our policy is to accelerate the recording of events occurring in the lag period that significantly affect our consolidated financial statements. In November 2011, we announced plans to close our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. However, a portion of the charges were not recorded until the stores were closed in January 2012. Accordingly, $82 million of restructuring charges recorded by Best Buy Europe in January 2012 related to the store closures were included in our fiscal 2012 results. Furthermore, in January 2012, we determined that the goodwill attributable to our Best Buy Europe reporting unit had been fully impaired. Accordingly, we recorded the $1,207 million impairment charge in our fiscal 2012 results. Except for these restructuring activities and the goodwill impairment, no significant intervening event occurred in these operations that would have materially affected our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or other factors had it been recorded during fiscal 2012.

Discontinued Operations Presentation

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we began presenting the results of our large-format Best Buy branded stores in China, Turkey and the U.K., The Phone House retail stores in Belgium, Napster and Speakeasy as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The discontinued operations presentation has been retrospectively applied to all prior periods presented. Unless otherwise stated, financial results discussed herein refer to continuing operations.

Fiscal 2012 Summary

Fiscal 2012 included a net loss of $1.2 billion from total operations (including both continuing and discontinued operations), compared to net earnings of $1.3 billion in fiscal 2011. The net loss in fiscal 2012 was primarily due to our decision to buy out of the Best Buy Mobile profit share agreement for $1.3 billion (the "Mobile buy-out"), as well as the resulting $1.2 billion goodwill impairment in our Best Buy Europe reporting unit. Loss per diluted share from total operations was $3.36 in fiscal 2012, compared to earnings per diluted share of $3.08 in fiscal 2011.

Revenue increased 1.9% to $50.7 billion. The increase was driven primarily by the net addition of 235 new stores during fiscal 2012, an extra week of revenue from stores in our Domestic segment and Canada, and the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, partially offset by a comparable store sales decline of 1.7%.

Our gross profit rate decreased by 0.4% of revenue to 24.8% of revenue. The decrease was driven by a decline in our Domestic segment's gross profit rate primarily due to increased promotional activity and an increased sales mix of promotional items.

35

Table of Contents

In fiscal 2012, we recorded $58 million of restructuring charges related to changes in our mobile broadband offerings and actions to improve supply chain and operational efficiencies in our Domestic segment, as well as changes in our international expansion strategy in the International segment.

We ended fiscal 2012 with $1.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents, compared to $1.1 billion at the end of fiscal 2011. Operating cash flow increased to $3.3 billion in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 operating cash flow of $1.2 billion due primarily to changes in working capital, as capital expenditures remained relatively consistent at $766 million in fiscal 2012.

During fiscal 2012, we made four dividend payments totaling $0.62 per share, or $228 million in the aggregate.

We repurchased and retired 54.6 million shares of our common stock at a cost of $1.5 billion during fiscal 2012.

Consolidated Results

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions, except per share amounts):
Consolidated Performance Summary
2012(1)

 
2011

 
2010

Revenue
$
50,705

 
$
49,747

 
$
49,243

Revenue gain %
1.9
 %
 
1.0
 %
 
10.1
%
Comparable store sales % (decline) gain
(1.7
)%
 
(1.8
)%
 
0.6
%
Gross profit
$
12,573

 
$
12,541

 
$
12,042

Gross profit as % of revenue(2)
24.8
 %
 
25.2
 %
 
24.5
%
SG&A
$
10,242

 
$
10,029

 
$
9,622

SG&A as % of revenue(2)
20.2
 %
 
20.2
 %
 
19.5
%
Restructuring charges
$
39

 
$
138

 
$
52

Operating income
$
1,085

 
$
2,374

 
$
2,368

Operating income as % of revenue
2.1
 %
 
4.8
 %
 
4.8
%
Net (loss) earnings from continuing operations(3)
$
(1,057
)
 
$
1,427

 
$
1,399

Loss from discontinued operations(4)
$
(174
)
 
$
(150
)
 
$
(82
)
Net (loss) earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc.
$
(1,231
)
 
$
1,277

 
$
1,317

Diluted (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations
$
(2.89
)
 
$
3.44

 
$
3.29

Diluted (loss) earnings per share
$
(3.36
)
 
$
3.08

 
$
3.10

(1)
Included within operating income and net loss for fiscal 2012 is a $1.2 billion ($1.2 billion net of taxes) goodwill impairment charge. The goodwill impairment charge resulted in a decrease in our operating income of 2.4% of revenue for the fiscal year.
(2)
Because retailers vary in how they record costs of operating their supply chain between cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expense ("SG&A"), our gross profit rate and SG&A rate may not be comparable to other retailers' corresponding rates. For additional information regarding costs classified in cost of goods sold and SG&A, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(3)
Includes both Net (loss) earnings from continuing operations and Net (earnings) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests.
(4)
Includes both Loss from discontinued operations and Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Fiscal 2012 Results Compared With Fiscal 2011

The macroeconomic pressures on consumer spending and the consumer electronics industry trends we experienced in fiscal 2011 largely continued through fiscal 2012. We continued to face declining demand in key product categories, particularly televisions, notebook computers, gaming and music. These factors have impacted many of the geographic markets in which we operate. However, we have seen growth in several key product categories. For example, increased consumer demand for tablets, e-Readers, and associated accessories and services led to revenue growth of these products in all of our global markets. Further, our focus on gaining market share in appliances in the Domestic segment produced comparable stores sales gains in fiscal 2012.


36

Table of Contents

The components of the 1.9% revenue increase in fiscal 2012 were as follows:
Net new stores
1.6
 %
Extra week of revenue(1)
1.5
 %
Impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations
0.9
 %
Comparable store sales impact
(1.6
)%
Non-comparable sales channels(2)
(0.5
)%
Total revenue increase
1.9
 %
(1)
Represents the incremental revenue associated with stores in our Domestic segment and Canada in fiscal 2012, which had 53 weeks of activity, compared to 52 weeks in fiscal 2011.
(2)
Non-comparable sales channels primarily reflects the impact from revenue we earn from sales of merchandise to wholesalers and dealers as well as other non-comparable sales channels not included within our comparable store sales calculation.

Our gross profit rate decreased 0.4% of revenue in fiscal 2012. A gross profit rate decline in our Domestic segment accounted for a decrease of 0.5% of revenue, which was partially offset by a 0.1% of revenue increase in our International segment. For further discussion of each segment's gross profit rate changes, see Segment Performance Summary, below.

The flat SG&A rate in fiscal 2012 was due to a 0.1% of revenue decrease attributable to the decrease in our Domestic segment's SG&A rate, offset by a 0.1% of revenue increase attributable to the increase in our International segment's SG&A rate. For further discussion of each segment's SG&A rate changes, see Segment Performance Summary, below.

We recorded restructuring charges of $58 million in fiscal 2012, which included $19 million of inventory write-downs recorded in cost of goods sold. Our Domestic segment recorded $43 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2012, and our International segment recorded $15 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2012. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2012 of 0.1% of revenue. For further discussion of each segment’s restructuring charges, see Segment Performance Summary, below.

Our operating income decreased $1,289 million, or 54.3%, and our operating income rate decreased to 2.1% of revenue in fiscal 2012, compared to 4.8% of revenue in fiscal 2011. The 2.7% of revenue operating income rate decrease was driven primarily by a non-cash impairment charge of $1,207 million to write-off the goodwill related to our Best Buy Europe reporting unit and a decrease in our gross profit rate, partially offset by decreased restructuring charges. Our operating income in fiscal 2012 included $58 million of restructuring charges, compared to $147 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2011 Results Compared With Fiscal 2010

Throughout fiscal 2011, the majority of geographic markets in which we operate generally continued to endure difficult and uncertain economic conditions. In addition, customer appetite for certain product categories was below industry expectations. Both of these factors had a direct bearing on our revenue. We responded to the economic environment by closely managing our SG&A, as well as focusing on efforts to improve our gross profit.

The 1.0% revenue increase in fiscal 2011 resulted primarily from the net addition of 137 new stores during fiscal 2011 and the positive impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, partially offset by a comparable store sales decline.

The components of the net revenue increase in fiscal 2011 were as follows:
Net new stores
2.4
 %
Impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations
0.6
 %
Comparable store sales impact
(1.7
)%
One less week of revenue for Best Buy Europe(1)
(0.2
)%
Non-comparable sales channels(2)
(0.1
)%
Total revenue increase
1.0
 %
(1)
Represents the incremental revenue associated with Best Buy Europe in fiscal 2010, which had 53 weeks of activity, compared to 52 weeks in fiscal 2011.
(2)
Non-comparable sales channels primarily reflects the impact from revenue we earn from sales of merchandise to wholesalers and dealers as well as other non-comparable sales channels not included within our comparable store sales calculation.


37

Table of Contents

Our gross profit rate increased 0.7% of revenue in fiscal 2011. Gross profit rate improvements in our Domestic segment accounted for an increase of 0.7% of revenue. The relatively flat gross profit rate in our International segment had no impact on the consolidated gross profit rate. For further discussion of each segment's gross profit rate changes, see Segment Performance Summary, below.

The 0.7% of revenue SG&A rate increase for fiscal 2011 was due to a 0.8% of revenue increase attributable to the increase in our Domestic segment's SG&A rate, partially offset by a 0.1% of revenue decrease attributable to the decrease in our International segment's SG&A rate. For further discussion of each segment's SG&A rate changes, see Segment Performance Summary, below.

We recorded restructuring charges of $147 million in fiscal 2011, which included $9 million of inventory write-downs recorded in cost of goods sold. Our Domestic segment recorded $40 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2011, and our International segment recorded $107 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2011. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2011 of 0.3% of revenue. For further discussion of each segment’s restructuring charges, see Segment Performance Summary, below.

Our operating income and our operating income rate remained flat in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. The operating income rate was driven by an increase in our gross profit rate, offset by an increase in our SG&A rate and increased restructuring charges. Our operating income in fiscal 2011 included $147 million of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal fourth quarter, compared to $52 million of restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2010.

Segment Performance Summary

Domestic

The following table presents selected financial data for our Domestic segment for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions):
Domestic Segment Performance Summary
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Revenue
$
37,615

 
$
37,070

 
$
37,138

Revenue gain (decline) %
1.5
 %
 
(0.2
)%
 
6.3
%
Comparable store sales (decline) gain %
(1.6
)%
 
(3.0
)%
 
1.7
%
Gross profit
$
9,186

 
$
9,314

 
$
8,964

Gross profit as % of revenue
24.4
 %
 
25.1
 %
 
24.1
%
SG&A
$
7,307

 
$
7,229

 
$
6,836

SG&A as % of revenue
19.4
 %
 
19.5
 %
 
18.4
%
Restructuring charges
$
24

 
$
31

 
$
25

Operating income
$
1,855

 
$
2,054

 
$
2,103

Operating income as % of revenue
4.9
 %
 
5.5
 %
 
5.7
%

The following table reconciles our Domestic segment stores open at the end of each of the last three fiscal years:
 
Fiscal 2010
 
Fiscal 2011
 
Fiscal 2012
 
Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year

 
Stores
Opened

 
Stores
Closed

 
Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year

 
Stores
Opened

 
Stores
Closed

 
Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year

Best Buy
1,069

 
31

 
(1
)
 
1,099

 
7

 
(3
)
 
1,103

Best Buy Mobile stand-alone
74

 
103

 

 
177

 
128

 

 
305

Pacific Sales
35

 

 

 
35

 

 
(1
)
 
34

Magnolia Audio Video
6

 

 

 
6

 

 
(1
)
 
5

Geek Squad
6

 

 
(6
)
 

 

 

 

Total Domestic segment stores
1,190

 
134

 
(7
)
 
1,317

 
135

 
(5
)
 
1,447



38

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2012 Results Compared With Fiscal 2011

In fiscal 2012, the results of our Domestic segment were impacted by both macroeconomic factors and also specific consumer electronics industry challenges. The U.S. continued to face an unsteady recovery from the economic turbulence that began in late 2008, which has led to a constrained, and thus more price and value conscious consumer. The changes in consumer behaviors, coupled with product life-cycle declines in televisions, gaming and notebook computers, resulted in a comparable store sales decline in fiscal 2012. We have, however, benefited from product innovation and strong consumer interest in products such as tablets, e-Readers and mobile phones, which all experienced sales growth in fiscal 2012. In addition, our focus on growing our market share in appliances led to sales growth throughout fiscal 2012.

In light of continued strong competition in the consumer electronics industry and greater price transparency for customers, we increased our promotional activity, especially during the holiday season, to drive market share gains and customer traffic. While we believe these actions were effective in driving our overall results, they also contributed to a gross profit rate decline.

The components of the 1.5% revenue increase in the Domestic segment in fiscal 2012 were as follows:
Extra week of revenue(1)
1.8
 %
Net new stores
1.3
 %
Comparable store sales impact
(1.6
)%
Total revenue increase
1.5
 %
(1)
Represents the incremental revenue associated with stores in our Domestic segment in fiscal 2012, which had 53 weeks of activity, compared to 52 weeks in fiscal 2011.

The impact of net new stores on our revenue is a result of net store changes during the past 12 months, as well as stores opened in the prior fiscal year that are not included in comparable store sales due to the timing of their opening. The addition of large-format Best Buy branded stores contributed the majority of the total change in revenue associated with net new stores. The addition of small-format Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores contributed a smaller portion of the revenue increase due to the following factors: (1) their smaller square footage; (2) their limited category focus compared to our large-format stores; and (3) the majority of fiscal 2012 openings taking place in the second half of the fiscal year.

The following table presents the Domestic segment's revenue mix percentages and comparable store sales percentage changes by revenue category in fiscal 2012 and 2011:
 
Revenue Mix Summary
 
Comparable Store Sales Summary
 
Year Ended
 
Year Ended
 
March 3, 2012

 
February 26, 2011

 
March 3, 2012

 
February 26, 2011

Consumer Electronics
36
%
 
37
%
 
(5.4
)%
 
(6.3
)%
Computing and Mobile Phones(1)
40
%
 
37
%
 
6.0
 %
 
3.6
 %
Entertainment
12
%
 
14
%
 
(16.3
)%
 
(13.3
)%
Appliances
5
%
 
5
%
 
10.6
 %
 
7.0
 %
Services
6
%
 
6
%
 
(0.6
)%
 
0.5
 %
Other
1
%
 
1
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
(1.6
)%
 
(3.0
)%
(1)
During the first quarter of fiscal 2012, the revenue category previously referred to as "Home Office" was renamed "Computing and Mobile Phones" to more clearly reflect the key products included within the revenue category. However, the composition of the products within this revenue category has not changed from the previous periods' disclosures.

The following is a description of the notable comparable store sales changes in our Domestic segment by revenue category:

Consumer Electronics: The 5.4% comparable store sales decline was driven primarily by decreases in the sales of digital imaging products and televisions. The decrease in digital imaging products resulted from a combination of supply chain constraints due to natural disasters in Asia in both the early and later portions of the fiscal year, as well as overall industry softness. The decrease in television sales was mainly due to a decline in average selling price. The declines were partially offset by strong sales of e-Readers due to high customer interest, new product launches and our broad assortment of such products.

39

Table of Contents

Computing and Mobile Phones: The 6.0% comparable store sales gain resulted primarily from increased sales of tablets, as consumer demand remained strong, and mobile phones due to new product launches in the second half of the year. The strong performance from tablets and mobile phones was partially offset by a decline in sales of notebook computers.
Entertainment: The 16.3% comparable stores sales decline was mainly the result of a decline in gaming due to overall industry softness, particularly in the fourth quarter. In addition, we continued to experience declines in the sales of movies and music.
Appliances: The 10.6% comparable store sales gain was primarily due to increased sales resulting from effective promotional activity.
Services: The 0.6% comparable store sales decline was primarily due to a decrease in computer services as a result of a shift in focus from one-time repair services to ongoing technical support service contracts, partially offset by increases in the sales of repair services (primarily related to mobile phones) and warranties.

Our Domestic segment experienced a decrease in gross profit of $128 million, or 1.4%, in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, due to a decline in the gross profit rate. The 0.7% of revenue decrease in the gross profit rate resulted primarily from the following factors:

increased promotional activity, notably in televisions, movies and gaming;
an increased sales mix of promotional items;
a shift from one-time computer repair services to ongoing support contracts; and
an increased sales mix of lower-margin mobile computing products;
partially offset by increased sales of higher-margin service products for mobile phones.

Our Domestic segment's SG&A grew $78 million, or 1.1%, in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. The increase in SG&A was driven by an extra week of operations in fiscal 2012, which had 53 weeks compared to 52 weeks in fiscal 2011. Excluding the impact of the extra week, our Domestic segment's SG&A declined, as increased costs driven by the opening of new stores and increased advertising were more than offset by decreases in compensation costs, a decrease in the Best Buy Mobile profit share-based management fee due to strategic changes at Best Buy Europe and reduced spending on third-party services. The Domestic segment's SG&A rate remained relatively flat in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. For further information on the strategic changes at Best Buy Europe, see Additional Consolidated Results, below.

Our Domestic segment recorded $43 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2012, which included $19 million of inventory write-downs included in cost of goods sold. The restructuring charges consisted of property and equipment impairments related to changes in our mobile broadband offerings, as well as inventory write-downs and facility closure costs related primarily to activities we undertook to improve supply chain and operational efficiencies in our Domestic segment. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2012 of 0.1% of revenue. Our Domestic segment recorded restructuring charges of $40 million, including $9 million of inventory write-downs included in cost of goods sold, in fiscal 2011. The restructuring charges resulted from activities to improve supply chain and operational efficiencies and included charges for employee termination benefits, property and equipment impairments and inventory write-downs.

The $199 million decrease in our Domestic segment's operating income for fiscal 2012 was principally the result of a decrease in gross profit due to a decline in the gross profit rate and higher SG&A spending, partially offset by an increase in revenue.

Fiscal 2011 Results Compared With Fiscal 2010

Our Domestic segment's gross profit improved in fiscal 2011, as compared to fiscal 2010, with a continued rate improvement partially offset by a revenue decline. These factors, combined with an increase in SG&A and restructuring charges, led to a modest decline in operating income.

We believe the revenue decline resulted primarily from a combination of weakness in several key consumer electronics industry product categories and a decline in our estimated domestic market share. Consumers continue to be highly selective and cautious about how and when they make consumer electronics purchases. As a specialty retailer in the consumer electronics industry, the adoption of new technologies and the timing of product life-cycles continue to play an important role in revenue trends. For example, the demand for new television technologies did not materialize as the industry anticipated. Similarly, we saw a shift in consumer demand within mobile computing, as increased sales of tablets resulted in a lower overall sales mix of notebook computers throughout fiscal 2011.


40

Table of Contents

The components of our Domestic segment's 0.2% revenue decrease in fiscal 2011 were as follows:
Comparable store sales impact
(2.9
)%
Net new stores
2.7
 %
Total revenue decrease
(0.2
)%

The impact of net new stores on our revenue is a result of net store changes during the past 12 months, as well as stores opened in the prior fiscal year that are not included in comparable store sales due to the timing of their opening. The net addition of large-format Best Buy branded stores, including 30 stores in fiscal 2011, contributed the majority of the total change in revenue associated with net new stores. The addition of small-format Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores, including 103 in fiscal 2011, contributed a smaller portion of the revenue increase due to their smaller square footage and limited category focus compared to our large-format stores.

The following table presents the Domestic segment's revenue mix percentages and comparable store sales percentage changes by revenue category in fiscal 2011 and 2010:
 
Revenue Mix Summary
 
Comparable Store Sales Summary
 
Year Ended
 
Year Ended
 
February 26, 2011

 
February 27, 2010

 
February 26, 2011

 
February 27, 2010

Consumer Electronics
37
%
 
39
%
 
(6.3
)%
 
1.1
 %
Computing and Mobile Phones(1)
37
%
 
34
%
 
3.6
 %
 
12.8
 %
Entertainment
14
%
 
16
%
 
(13.3
)%
 
(13.2
)%
Appliances
5
%
 
4
%
 
7.0
 %
 
(4.2
)%
Services
6
%
 
6
%
 
0.5
 %
 
(1.0
)%
Other
1
%
 
1
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
(3.0
)%
 
1.7
 %
(1)
During the first quarter of fiscal 2012, the revenue category previously referred to as "Home Office" was renamed "Computing and Mobile Phones" to more clearly reflect the key products included within the revenue category. However, the composition of the products within this revenue category has not changed from the previous periods' disclosures.

The products having the largest impact on our comparable store sales decline in fiscal 2011 were entertainment hardware and software (which includes video gaming hardware and software, CDs and DVDs) and televisions. Comparable store sales gains in mobile phones, mobile computing (consisting of notebook computers, netbooks and tablets) partially offset these declines. Revenue from our Domestic segment's online operations increased 13% in fiscal 2011 and is incorporated in the table above.

The following is a description of the notable comparable store sales changes in our Domestic segment by revenue category:

Consumer Electronics: The 6.3% comparable store sales decline was driven primarily by a decrease in the sales of televisions and cameras and camcorders, partially offset by strong sales from our expanded assortment of e-Readers.
Computing and Mobile Phones: The 3.6% comparable store sales gain was primarily the result of increased sales of mobile phones due to the continued growth of Best Buy Mobile, as well as gains in the sales of mobile computing.
Entertainment: The 13.3% comparable store sales decline was mainly the result of declining sales in video gaming hardware and software, partially caused by industry-wide softness combined with a decline in our market share, as well as the continued decline in the sales of DVDs and CDs as consumers shift to digital content.
Appliances: The 7.0% comparable store sales gain was due to an increase in unit sales with relatively flat average selling prices, with particular strength in kitchen and small appliances.
Services: The 0.5% comparable store sales gain was due primarily to a gain in the sales of computer services, partially offset by a decline in the sales of repair and home theater installation services, due in part to the decrease in television sales noted above.


41

Table of Contents

Despite a modest decline in revenue, our Domestic segment experienced gross profit growth in fiscal 2011 of $350 million, or 3.9%, compared to fiscal 2010, due to rate improvements. The 1.0% of revenue increase in the gross profit rate was due to favorable rate and mix impacts of 0.7% of revenue and 0.3% of revenue, respectively, and resulted primarily from the following factors collectively:

increased sales of higher-margin mobile phones as a result of the growth in Best Buy Mobile;
a change in the form of vendor funding for fiscal 2011, shifting more dollars to gross profit than SG&A; and
improved attachment of services, particularly in the mobile computing product category;
partially offset by declining average selling prices of televisions.

Our Domestic segment's SG&A grew $393 million, or 5.7%, in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. The increase in SG&A was driven by the opening of new stores and an increase in the Best Buy Mobile profit share-based management fee, partially offset by lower incentive compensation costs. The following factors collectively contributed to the Domestic segment's SG&A rate increase of 1.1% of revenue:

deleverage due to the comparable store sales decline;
continued growth in Best Buy Mobile (including the profit share-based management fee we paid to Best Buy Europe, which is offset in the International segment SG&A results and, therefore, has no net impact on our consolidated operating income); and
the change in the form of vendor funding as discussed above;
partially offset by lower incentive compensation costs.

Our Domestic segment recorded $40 million of restructuring charge, including $9 million of inventory write-downs, in fiscal 2011, compared to $25 million recorded in fiscal 2010. The fiscal 2011 restructuring charges resulted from activities to improve supply chain and operational efficiencies and included charges for employee termination benefits, property and equipment impairments and inventory write-downs. The fiscal 2010 restructuring charges related primarily to updating our U.S. Best Buy store operating model, which resulted in the elimination of certain positions for which we incurred employee termination costs.

The $49 million decrease in our Domestic segment's operating income for fiscal 2011 was due to a modest decline in revenue, higher SG&A spending, and an increase in restructuring charges, partially offset by increased gross profit due to an improvement in the gross profit rate. Our Domestic segment's operating income in fiscal 2011 included $40 million of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal fourth quarter, compared to $25 million of restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2010.

International

The following table presents selected financial data for our International segment for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions):
International Segment Performance Summary
2012(1)

 
2011

 
2010(3)

Revenue
$
13,090

 
$
12,677

 
$
12,105

Revenue gain %
3.3
 %
 
4.7
%
 
23.6
 %
Comparable store sales % (decline) gain
(2.1
)%
 
2.3
%
 
(3.6
)%
Gross profit
$
3,387

 
$
3,227

 
$
3,078

Gross profit as % of revenue
25.9
 %
 
25.5
%
 
25.4
 %
SG&A
$
2,935

 
$
2,800

 
$
2,786

SG&A as % of revenue
22.4
 %
 
22.1
%
 
23.0
 %
Restructuring charges
$
15

 
$
107

 
$
27

Operating (loss) income
$
(770
)
 
$
320

 
$
265

Operating (loss) income as % of revenue
(5.9
)%
 
2.5
%
 
2.2
 %
(1)
Included within our International segment's operating loss for fiscal 2012 is a $1.2 billion goodwill impairment charge. The goodwill impairment charge resulted in a decrease in our operating income of 9.2% of revenue for the fiscal year.


42

Table of Contents

The following table reconciles our International segment stores open at the end of each of the last three fiscal years:
 
Fiscal 2010
 
Fiscal 2011
 
Fiscal 2012
 
Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year

 
Stores
Opened

 
Stores
Closed

 
Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year

 
Stores
Opened

 
Stores
Closed

 
Total Stores
at End of
Fiscal Year

Best Buy Europe(1)
2,371

 
85

 
(99
)
 
2,357

 
145

 
(109
)
 
2,393

Canada
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future Shop
144

 
2

 

 
146

 
5

 
(2
)
 
149

Best Buy
64

 
7

 

 
71

 
6

 

 
77

Best Buy Mobile stand-alone
4

 
6

 

 
10

 
20

 

 
30

China
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Five Star
158

 
12

 
(4
)
 
166

 
41

 
(3
)
 
204

Mexico
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Best Buy
5

 
1

 

 
6

 
2

 

 
8

Total International segment stores
2,746

 
113

 
(103
)
 
2,756

 
219

 
(114
)
 
2,861

(1)
Represents small-format The Carphone Warehouse and The Phone House stores.

Fiscal 2012 Results Compared With Fiscal 2011

During fiscal 2012, we significantly restructured our International segment. We completed the exit of our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the China and Turkey markets, which we had announced in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, and re-focused our Best Buy Europe strategy by closing our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. to focus on our small-format stores. We also completed the Mobile buy-out in fiscal 2012, which will allow us to fully benefit from growing connections opportunities in the U.S. and Canada. In fiscal 2013, we plan to focus internationally on our existing markets of Canada, China and Mexico, as well as small-format stores in Europe. Notable store opening plans in fiscal 2013 include approximately 50 new Five Star stores in the growing China market.

The International segment comparable store sales decline in fiscal 2012 was led primarily by declines in mobile phones as a result of market pressure in Europe and continued market softness in gaming in Canada. However, we experienced some positive results, including comparable store sales gains in tablets throughout the segment, as well as gains in mobile phones in Canada and our Five Star operations. In addition, Five Star appliance sales benefited from continued government stimulus programs, which effectively ended in December 2011. While we believe the stimulus programs were a significant driver of appliance sales, it is not possible to quantify the impact that the expiration of the programs may have on our future results. Our operating loss was driven primarily by a goodwill impairment charge within our Best Buy Europe reporting unit triggered by the Mobile buy-out in the fourth quarter, which more than offset the margin improvements, particularly within key product categories in Canada, and the decrease in restructuring charges in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011.

The components of the International segment's 3.3% revenue increase in fiscal 2012 were as follows:
Impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations
3.6
 %
Net new stores
2.6
 %
Extra week of revenue(1)
0.6
 %
Comparable store sales impact
(1.8
)%
Non-comparable sales channels(2)
(1.7
)%
Total revenue increase
3.3
 %
(1)
Reflects the incremental revenue associated with stores in Canada in fiscal 2012, which had 53 weeks of activity, compared to 52 weeks in fiscal 2011.
(2)
Non-comparable sales channels primarily reflects the impact from revenue we earn from sales of merchandise to wholesalers and dealers as well as other non-comparable sales channels not included within our comparable store sales calculation.

The net addition of 49 large-format stores throughout the International segment during the past 12 months (Five Star, Best Buy Canada, Future Shop and Best Buy Mexico) contributed the majority of the change in revenue associated with net new stores. The net addition of 56 small-format stores, including 20 new small-format Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores in Canada and 36 net new small-format stores in Europe had a significantly smaller impact on the overall revenue change given their smaller square footage compared to our large-format stores.

43

Table of Contents

The following table presents the International segment's revenue mix percentages and comparable store sales percentage changes by revenue category in fiscal 2012 and 2011:
 
Revenue Mix Summary
 
Comparable Store Sales Summary
 
Year Ended
 
Year Ended
 
March 3, 2012

 
February 26, 2011

 
March 3, 2012

 
February 26, 2011

Consumer Electronics
20
%
 
20
%
 
(6.9
)%
 
(2.8
)%
Computing and Mobile Phones(1)
56
%
 
55
%
 
0.0
 %
 
4.9
 %
Entertainment
5
%
 
6
%
 
(13.3
)%
 
(12.4
)%
Appliances
10
%
 
9
%
 
4.5
 %
 
15.8
 %
Services
9
%
 
10
%
 
(1.3
)%
 
(1.6
)%
Other
<1%

 
<1%

 
n/a

 
n/a

Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
(2.1
)%
 
2.3
 %
(1)
During the first quarter of fiscal 2012, the revenue category previously referred to as "Home Office" was renamed "Computing and Mobile Phones" to more clearly reflect the key products included within the revenue category. However, the composition of the products within this revenue category has not changed from the previous periods' disclosures.

The following is a description of the notable comparable store sales changes in our International segment by revenue category:

Consumer Electronics: The 6.9% comparable store sales decline was driven primarily by decreases in the sales of digital imaging products and televisions as a result of similar factors to those experienced within our Domestic segment.
Computing and Mobile Phones: The flat comparable store sales resulted from decreased mobile phone sales in our small-format stores in Europe, as well as declines in the sales of desktops and monitors, as consumer preference continued to shift toward mobile computing devices. These declines were fully offset by increased sales of mobile computing devices due to strong tablet sales and increased sales of mobile phones throughout the remainder of the stores in our International segment.
Entertainment: The 13.3% comparable store sales decline resulted primarily from decreases in the sales of gaming in Canada due to overall market softness, similar to trends seen in our Domestic segment.
Appliances: The 4.5% comparable store sales gain was primarily due to an increase in the sales of appliances in our Five Star operations, as consumers continued to take advantage of government stimulus programs before they effectively ended in December 2011. Broadly, the stimulus programs provided customers a subsidy or discount when purchasing a new energy-efficient appliance and trading in their old appliance.
Services: The 1.3% comparable store sales decline was due to a decrease in the sales of extended warranties and repair services, partially offset by an increase in the customer base in our mobile virtual network operator and fixed line services in Europe.

Our International segment experienced gross profit growth in fiscal 2012 of $160 million, or 5.0%. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and increased gross profit from our stores in Canada and our Five Star operations, partially offset by a gross profit decline in our small-format stores in Europe. The 0.4% of revenue increase in the gross profit rate reflected the following factors:

improved margin rates in Canada, especially in televisions and notebook computers; and
an improved margin rate in Five Star as a result of improved cost programs with vendors;
partially offset by higher sales in our Five Star business, which has a relatively lower gross profit rate; and
a rate decrease in our small-format stores in Europe due to market pressures.

Our International segment's SG&A increased $135 million, or 4.8%, in fiscal 2012, driven primarily by the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, our International segment's SG&A increased $41 million. The increase in SG&A spending and the 0.3% of revenue increase in the SG&A rate were both driven by a decrease in the Best Buy Mobile profit share-based management fee and other costs as a result of the strategic changes made at Best Buy Europe, and increased advertising costs and the deleveraging impact of negative comparable store sales in Canada. These increases were partially offset by lower overall spending in our small-format stores in Europe and a decrease in support costs for our International segment due to previous restructuring activities. For further information on the strategic changes at Best Buy Europe, see Additional Consolidated Results, below.


44

Table of Contents

Our International segment recorded $15 million and $107 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. The restructuring charges consisted of property and equipment impairments related to information technology ("IT") assets as a result of changes in our international expansion strategy. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2012 and 2011 of 0.1% of revenue and 0.9% of revenue, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we recorded a $1.2 billion goodwill impairment charge relating to our Best Buy Europe reporting unit, as a result of the Mobile buy-out. The cash flows attributable to Best Buy Europe under the profit share agreement represented a significant proportion of the fair value attributable to the Best Buy Europe reporting unit. Accordingly, the Mobile buy-out resulted in these cash flows no longer being available to the reporting unit. Upon completion of the Mobile buy-out, we performed an impairment review of the associated goodwill and determined that the entire amount of $1.2 billion was impaired. Refer to Note 2, Profit Share Buy-Out, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about the goodwill impairment.

The International segment experienced an operating loss in fiscal 2012, compared to operating income in fiscal 2011, primarily due to the write-off of $1.2 billion of goodwill at our Best Buy Europe reporting unit, partially offset by improved operating income in Canada and lower ongoing support costs due to previous restructuring activities. The goodwill write-off more than offset the increase in revenue and improvement in the gross profit rate in fiscal 2012. For further information on the Mobile buy-out, see Additional Consolidated Results, below.

Fiscal 2011 Results Compared With Fiscal 2010

While challenging economic conditions persisted in fiscal 2011 in many of the countries in which we operate, our International segment continued to grow revenue and experienced a comparable store sales gain for the year. An increase in operating income was due principally to improvements within Europe and our Five Star operations, partially offset by impact of the restructuring activities in fiscal 2011. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, the International segment experienced a decrease in SG&A, while the gross profit rate remained consistent. Continued growth in consumer spending and temporary government stimulus programs contributed to stronger sales and improved operating income in our Five Star business. Our Canada operations faced many of the same market conditions and factors affecting the U.S. consumer electronics industry, with the adoption of new technology and the timing of product life-cycles continuing to play an important role in revenue trends. Similarly, our Europe operations saw the impacts from a constrained economy, but continued to benefit from higher Best Buy Mobile profit share-based management fees paid in fiscal 2011.

The 4.7% increase in revenue for fiscal 2011 was due to the positive impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations (mainly related to the Canadian dollar), a 2.3% comparable store sales gain and the impact of net new stores opened during fiscal 2011, partially offset by the impact of having one less week of revenue in Europe and a decline in sales in non-comparable sales channels. The increase in comparable store sales in fiscal 2011 was the result of gains in Five Star and Europe, partially offset by a decline in Canada.

The components of the International segment's 4.7% revenue increase in fiscal 2011 were as follows:
Impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations
2.5
 %
Comparable store sales impact
1.9
 %
Net new stores
1.3
 %
One less week of revenue for Best Buy Europe(1)
(0.6
)%
Non-comparable sales channels(2)
(0.4
)%
Total revenue increase
4.7
 %
(1)
Represents the incremental revenue associated with Best Buy Europe in fiscal 2010, which had 53 weeks of activity, compared to 52 weeks in fiscal 2011.
(2)
Non-comparable sales channels primarily reflects the impact from revenue we earn from sales of merchandise to wholesalers and dealers as well as other non-comparable sales channels not included within our comparable store sales calculation.

The net addition of 18 large-format stores throughout the International segment during the past 12 months (primarily Best Buy Canada, Future Shop and Five Star) contributed the majority of the change in revenue associated with net new stores, with Five Star stores having a lesser impact given the timing of their openings later in the year. Offsetting the revenue increase from large-format stores was the impact of net closures of small-format stores in Europe, which had a smaller impact on the overall revenue change given their smaller square footage compared to our large-format stores.


45

Table of Contents

The following table presents the International segment's revenue mix percentages and comparable store sales percentage changes by revenue category in fiscal 2011 and 2010:
 
Revenue Mix Summary
 
Comparable Store Sales Summary
 
Year Ended
 
Year Ended
 
February 26, 2011

 
February 27, 2010

 
February 26, 2011

 
February 27, 2010

Consumer Electronics
20
%
 
20
%
 
(2.8
)%
 
(11.8
)%
Computing and Mobile Phones(1)
55
%
 
52
%
 
4.9
 %
 
(0.7
)%
Entertainment
6
%
 
7
%
 
(12.4
)%
 
(12.4
)%
Appliances
9
%
 
9
%
 
15.8
 %
 
7.8
 %
Services
10
%
 
12
%
 
(1.6
)%
 
6.2
 %
Other
<1%

 
<1%

 
n/a

 
n/a

Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
2.3
 %
 
(3.6
)%
(1)
During the first quarter of fiscal 2012, the revenue category previously referred to as "Home Office" was renamed "Computing and Mobile Phones" to more clearly reflect the key products included within the revenue category. However, the composition of the products within this revenue category has not changed from the previous periods' disclosures.

The products having the largest impact on our International segment's comparable store sales gain in fiscal 2011 were mobile phones, appliances and mobile computing. Increased sales in these product categories were partially offset by declines in the sales of entertainment hardware and software, including video gaming hardware and software, DVDs and CDs.

The following is a description of the notable comparable store sales changes in our International segment by revenue category:

Consumer Electronics: The 2.8% comparable store sales decline resulted primarily from declines in the sales of navigation products and MP3 players and accessories. Televisions remained essentially flat, as gains in the sales of televisions in Five Star, were offset by declines in Canada, which faced market conditions similar to the U.S.
Computing and Mobile Phones: The 4.9% comparable store sales gain resulted primarily from gains in the sales of mobile phones and mobile computing, partially offset by declines in sales of desktop computers, monitors and accessories.
Entertainment: The 12.4% comparable store sales decline reflected a decrease in the sales of video gaming hardware and software and continued decreases in sales of DVDs and CDs.
Appliances: The 15.8% comparable store sales gain resulted primarily from increases in the sales of appliances within our Five Star operations, where growth in consumer spending and temporary government stimulus programs continued to contribute to stronger sales. Broadly, the stimulus programs provided customers a subsidy or discount when purchasing a new energy-efficient appliance and trading in their old appliance.
Services: The 1.6% comparable store sales decline was due primarily to a decrease in the sales of extended warranties driven by declines in the sales of televisions and notebook computers in Canada.

Our International segment experienced gross profit growth in fiscal 2011 of $149 million, or 4.8%. The increase in gross profit in fiscal 2011 was due to an increase in revenue and the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, as the gross profit rate remained relatively flat. The 0.1% of revenue increase in the gross profit rate in fiscal 2011 reflects a favorable rate impact of 0.4% of revenue, partially offset by an unfavorable mix impact of 0.3% of revenue. The favorable rate impact was mainly the result of gains in Canada, with improved margins in all product categories, especially mobile computing and entertainment hardware and software. The unfavorable mix impact resulted primarily from a decrease in the mix of our higher-margin Europe business and growth in our lower-margin Five Star business.

In fiscal 2011, our International segment's SG&A remained essentially flat as the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and increased spending associated with new store openings in our Canada and Five Star operations, were offset by a decrease in Europe due to the higher Best Buy Mobile profit share-based management fee. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, our International segment's SG&A decreased $56 million. The 0.9% of revenue improvement in the SG&A rate was driven primarily by a rate decline in Europe due to the higher Best Buy Mobile profit share-based management fee, as well as the favorable mix impact from a decrease in the sales mix of our higher-rate Europe business. These improvements were partially offset by a rate increase in Canada caused by the deleveraging impact of its comparable store sales decline and increased advertising costs to drive traffic.

Our International segment recorded $107 million and $27 million of restructuring charges in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. The restructuring charges in fiscal 2011 consisted of property and equipment impairments related to IT assets as a result of

46

Table of Contents

changes in our international expansion strategy. The fiscal 2010 restructuring charges were related primarily to employee termination benefits and business reorganization costs at Best Buy Europe. These restructuring charges resulted in a decrease in our operating income in fiscal 2011 and 2010 of 0.9% of revenue and 0.2% of revenue, respectively.

The increase in our International segment's operating income in fiscal 2011 resulted primarily from higher operating income in Europe and from Five Star, partially offset by an increase in restructuring charges. Our International segment's operating income in fiscal 2011 included $107 million of restructuring charges recorded in the fourth fiscal quarter, compared to $27 million of restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2010.

Additional Consolidated Results

Other Income (Expense)

In fiscal 2012, we sold our shares of common stock in TalkTalk Telecom Group PLC and Carphone Warehouse Group plc for $112 million. We recorded a pre-tax gain of $55 million related to the sale.

Our investment income and other in fiscal 2012 was $37 million, compared to $43 million and $53 million in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in investment income for both fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was primarily the result of lower returns on our deferred compensation assets.

Interest expense in fiscal 2012 was $134 million, compared to $86 million and $92 million in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in interest expense in fiscal 2012, compared to fiscal 2011, was primarily driven by our issuance of $1 billion of long-term debt securities in the first quarter of fiscal 2012. The relatively flat interest expense in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010 was the result of lower average short-term borrowings throughout fiscal 2011, partially offset by higher average interest rates on outstanding short-term borrowings.

Effective Income Tax Rate

Our effective income tax rate ("ETR") was 68.0% in fiscal 2012, compared to 33.4% in fiscal 2011. The increase in the ETR in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was mainly the result of the $1.2 billion goodwill impairment related to our Best Buy Europe reporting unit, as the goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The tax impacts of foreign operations and other discrete events had minimal impact on the year-over-year ETR. Excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment, the ETR would have been approximately 32.7%. Our ETR was 33.4% in fiscal 2011, compared to 35.9% in fiscal 2010. The decrease in the ETR in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was due primarily to the impact of increased tax benefits from foreign operations, which in turn were due primarily to an increase in foreign earnings.

Our consolidated effective tax rate is impacted by the statutory income tax rates applicable to each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. As our foreign earnings are generally taxed at lower statutory rates than the 35% U.S. statutory rate, changes in the proportion of our consolidated taxable earnings originating in foreign jurisdictions impact our consolidated effective rate. Our foreign earnings have been indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. and are not subject to current U.S. income tax.

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations consists of our large-format Best Buy branded stores in China, Turkey and the U.K., and The Phone House retail stores in Belgium in our International segment, as well as Napster and Speakeasy in our Domestic segment.

The increase in loss from discontinued operations in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was primarily the result of increased restructuring charges. Net loss from discontinued operations included $186 million (net of taxes) of restructuring charges in fiscal 2012 compared to $54 million (net of taxes) in fiscal 2011. The fiscal 2012 restructuring charges included inventory write-downs, property and equipment impairments, facility closure costs, employee termination benefits and other costs primarily related to the closure of our 11 large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. The fiscal 2011 restructuring charges included inventory write-downs, property and equipment impairments, employee termination benefits and facility closure costs as a result of our decision to exit the Turkey market and close our Best Buy branded stores in China.

The increase in loss from discontinued operations in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was due to increased restructuring charges and increased losses related to our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. Net loss from discontinued operations included $54 million (net of taxes) of restructuring charges related to our decision to exit the Turkey market and close our Best Buy branded stores in China. We recorded no restructuring charges related to discontinued operations in fiscal 2010.

47

Table of Contents

The increase in net loss from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was the result of increased losses from our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. due to restructuring activities undertaken to close the stores. The U.K. stores are part of Best Buy Europe, our consolidated subsidiary in which Carphone Warehouse Group plc ("Carphone Warehouse") holds a 50% noncontrolling interest. The increase in net loss from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was the result of increased operating losses from our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K.

Net Earnings from Continuing Operations Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

The increase in net earnings from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was due to the strategic changes in respect of Best Buy Europe announced in November 2011. The strategic changes included the Mobile buy-out, which was completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. The $1.3 billion payment related to the Mobile buy-out was presented within the Net (earnings) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests line in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. In the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the payment to Carphone Warehouse is included within the Payment to noncontrolling interest line, as part of cash flows from financing activities. Refer to Note 2, Profit Share Buy-Out, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about the Mobile buy-out.

The increase in net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was due to higher net earnings of Best Buy Europe.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Highly competitive market conditions and the general economic environment minimized inflation's impact on the selling prices of our products and services, and on our expenses. In addition, price deflation and the continued commoditization of key technology products limited our ability to increase our gross profit rate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Summary

We continue to closely manage our liquidity and capital resources. The key variables we use to manage our liquidity requirements are the level of investment to support our growth strategies, discretionary SG&A spending, capital expenditures, credit facilities and short-term borrowing arrangements, working capital management and our share repurchase program.

Capital expenditures, particularly with respect to opening new stores and remodeling existing stores, is a component of our cash flow and capital management strategy which, to a large extent, we can adjust in response to economic and other changes in our business environment. Our capital expenditures in fiscal 2012 remained relatively consistent with capital expenditures in fiscal 2011, and we expect this trend to continue in fiscal 2013. We plan to continue to invest in existing businesses and facilities, with a focus on profitable growth areas such as Best Buy Mobile and our Five Star operations in China, as well as modifying certain existing stores to our new pilot Connected Store format. We also plan to to continue upgrading our information technology systems and capabilities throughout fiscal 2013.

We ended fiscal 2012 with $1.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, compared to $1.1 billion at the end of fiscal 2011. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was due primarily to increased cash generated from operations and the issuance of $1.0 billion of long-term debt securities in the first quarter of fiscal 2012, partially offset by the $1.5 billion of cash utilized in fiscal 2012 to repurchase shares of our common stock, as well as the $1.3 billion payment for the Mobile buy-out. Working capital, the excess of current assets over current liabilities, was $1.4 billion at the end of fiscal 2012, a decrease from $1.8 billion at the end of fiscal 2011. Operating cash flow increased $2.1 billion to $3.3 billion in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, while capital expenditures remained relatively consistent.


48

Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions):
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Total cash provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
3,293

 
$
1,190

 
$
2,206

Investing activities
(724
)
 
(569
)
 
(540
)
Financing activities
(2,478
)
 
(1,357
)
 
(348
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
5

 
13

 
10

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
$
96

 
$
(723
)
 
$
1,328


Operating Activities

The increase in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was primarily related to the normalization of accounts payable during fiscal 2012, following unusually low balances at the end of fiscal 2011 due to the timing of merchandise receipts in the fourth quarter, as well as efforts to reduce inventory levels throughout fiscal 2012, which were unusually high at the end of fiscal 2011.

The decrease in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was due primarily to an increase in cash used for accounts payable, as well as a decrease in cash provided by accounts receivable. The increase in cash used for accounts payable was due primarily to the timing and level of inventory receipts compared to vendor payments as we approached fiscal 2011 year-end. As we reduced inventory receipts in January and February 2011 in response to lower holiday sales trends, our total accounts payable declined. Cash used for inventory was also lower in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 because the fiscal 2011 year-over-year increase in inventory was lower than in the prior year due to focused efforts to manage inventory levels in light of comparable store sales declines. The decrease in cash provided by accounts receivable was due primarily to the timing of several large payments due from our vendors at the end of fiscal 2011. Other fluctuations in cash from operating activities were due primarily to higher incentive compensation payments in fiscal 2011 (relating to our fiscal 2010 performance) and other miscellaneous timing differences.

Investing Activities

The increase in cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was mainly due to cash used for our acquisition of mindSHIFT Technologies, Inc. and decreased sales of auction rate securities ("ARS") in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011.

Cash used in investing activities was relatively flat in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, as an increase in cash used for capital expenditures was offset by an increase in cash provided by the sale of a portion of our ARS during fiscal 2011. See Auction Rate Securities and Restricted Cash and Capital Expenditures below for additional information.

Financing Activities

The increase in cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was primarily the result of $1.3 billion of cash we used for the Mobile buy-out, an increase in cash used to repurchase our common stock and the repurchase of convertible debentures during fiscal 2012, partially offset by the issuance of $1.0 billion of long-term debt securities in the first quarter of fiscal 2012.

The increase in cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was primarily the result of $1.2 billion of cash we used to repurchase our common stock in fiscal 2011. We had no repurchases in fiscal 2010.

Sources of Liquidity

Funds generated by operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents, and our credit facilities continue to be our most significant sources of liquidity. We believe our sources of liquidity will be sufficient to sustain operations and to finance anticipated expansion plans and strategic initiatives in fiscal 2013. However, in the event our liquidity is insufficient, we may be required to limit our spending on future expansion plans, share repurchases or other business opportunities. There can be no

49

Table of Contents

assurance that we will continue to generate cash flows at or above current levels or that we will be able to maintain our ability to borrow under our existing credit facilities or obtain additional financing, if necessary, on favorable terms.

We have a $1.0 billion 364-Day senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the "364-Day Facility Agreement") and a $1.5 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Five-Year Facility Agreement" and, collectively the "Agreements") with a syndicate of banks, with no borrowings outstanding on the Agreements at March 3, 2012. The 364-Day Facility Agreement expires in October 2012 (subject to a one-year term-out option) and the Five-Year Facility Agreement expires in October 2016. At April 26, 2012, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Agreements.

We have $794 million available (based on the exchange rate in effect as of the end of fiscal 2012) under unsecured revolving credit facilities related to our International segment operations, of which $480 million was outstanding at March 3, 2012. Refer to Note 8, Debt, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about our credit facilities.

Our ability to access our credit facilities is subject to our compliance with the terms and conditions of our facilities, including financial covenants. The financial covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios. At March 3, 2012, we were in compliance with all such financial covenants. If an event of default were to occur with respect to any of our other debt, it would likely constitute an event of default under our credit facilities as well.

An interest coverage ratio represents the ratio of pre-tax earnings before fixed charges (interest expense and the interest portion of rent expense) to fixed charges. Our interest coverage ratio, calculated as reported in Exhibit No. 12.1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, was 3.14 and 6.51 in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Our credit ratings and outlooks at April 26, 2012, are summarized below. In June 2011, Fitch Ratings Ltd. ("Fitch") lowered our rating from BBB+ with a negative outlook to BBB– with a stable outlook. In April 2012, Fitch reaffirmed our BBB– rating but lowered their outlook to negative, citing comparable store sales pressures and competition in the consumer electronics industry. These changes had no material impact on our current borrowing costs, and we believe they will not have a material impact on our ability to raise further debt financing in the future or the prospective borrowing costs associated with such debt. The ratings and outlooks issued by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and Standard & Poor's Rating Services ("Standard & Poor's") are consistent with the ratings and outlooks reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 26, 2011.
Rating Agency
Rating
 
Outlook
Fitch
BBB–
 
Negative
Moody's
Baa2
 
Stable
Standard & Poor's
BBB–
 
Stable

Credit rating agencies review their ratings periodically and, therefore, the credit rating assigned to us by each agency may be subject to revision at any time. Accordingly, we are not able to predict whether our current credit ratings will remain as disclosed above. Factors that can affect our credit ratings include changes in our operating performance, the economic environment, conditions in the retail and consumer electronics industries, our financial position, and changes in our business strategy. If further changes in our credit ratings were to occur, they could impact, among other things, our future borrowing costs, access to capital markets, vendor financing terms and future new-store leasing costs.

Auction Rate Securities and Restricted Cash

At March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, we had $82 million and $110 million, respectively, invested in ARS recorded at fair value within Equity and other investments (long-term) in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The majority of our ARS portfolio is AAA/Aaa-rated and collateralized by student loans, which are guaranteed 95% to 100% by the U.S. government. Due to the auction failures that began in February 2008, we have been unable to liquidate some of our ARS. The investment principal associated with our ARS subject to failed auctions will not be accessible until successful auctions occur, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, the issuers establish a different form of financing to replace these securities, or final payments are due according to the contractual maturities of the debt issues, which range from four to 30 years. We do not intend to sell our remaining ARS until we can recover the full principal amount through one of the means described above. In addition, we do not believe it is more likely than not we would be required to sell our remaining ARS until we can recover the full principal amount based on our other sources of liquidity.


50

Table of Contents

Our liquidity is also affected by restricted cash balances that are pledged as collateral or restricted to use for vendor payables, general liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance and customer warranty and insurance programs. Restricted cash and cash equivalents, which are included in other current assets, were $459 million and $488 million at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively.

Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures typically include investments in new stores, store remodeling, store relocations and expansions, new distribution facilities and information technology enhancements. During fiscal 2012, we invested $766 million in property and equipment, including opening over 300 new stores, remodeling certain stores (primarily store merchandising projects), and upgrading our information technology systems and capabilities.

The following table presents our capital expenditures for each of the past three fiscal years ($ in millions):
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

New stores
$
171

 
$
193

 
$
229

Store-related projects(1)
231

 
208

 
90

Information technology
353

 
327

 
275

Other
11

 
16

 
21

Total capital expenditures(2)
$
766

 
$
744

 
$
615

(1)
Includes store remodels and expansions, as well as various merchandising projects.
(2)
Total capital expenditures exclude non-cash capital expenditures of $18, $81 and $9 for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Non-cash capital expenditures are comprised of capitalized leases, as well as additions to property and equipment included in accounts payable.

Refer to Note 15, Contingencies and Commitments, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding our significant commitments for capital expenditures at March 3, 2012.

Debt and Capital

2013 Notes

In June 2008, we sold $500 million principal amount of notes due July 15, 2013 (the "2013 Notes"). The 2013 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.75% per year, payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning January 15, 2009. The interest payable on the 2013 Notes is subject to adjustment if either Moody's or Standard & Poor's downgrades the rating assigned to the 2013 Notes to below investment grade. Net proceeds from the sale of the 2013 Notes were $496 million, after an initial issuance discount of $1 million and other transaction costs.

We may redeem some or all of the 2013 Notes at any time, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2013 Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and an applicable make-whole amount as described in the indenture relating to the 2013 Notes. Furthermore, if a change of control triggering event occurs, we will be required to offer to purchase the remaining unredeemed Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.

The 2013 Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The 2013 Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our North American subsidiaries to incur debt secured by liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions and, in the case of such subsidiaries, incur unsecured debt.

2016 and 2021 Notes

In March 2011, we issued $350 million principal amount of notes due March 15, 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) and $650 million principal amount of notes due March 15, 2021 (the “2021 Notes” and, together with the 2016 Notes, the “Notes”). The 2016 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.75% per year, while the 2021 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.50% per year. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning September 15, 2011. The Notes were issued at a slight discount to par, which when coupled with underwriting discounts of $6 million, resulted in net proceeds from the sale of the Notes of $990 million.

51

Table of Contents

We may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of each remaining scheduled payment of principal and interest on the Notes redeemed discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Notes to the redemption date as described in the indenture (including the supplemental indenture) relating to the Notes. Furthermore, if a change of control triggering event occurs, we will be required to offer to purchase the remaining unredeemed Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.

The Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur debt secured by liens or to enter into sale and lease-back transactions.

Other

At the end of fiscal 2012, we had $149 million outstanding under financing lease obligations.

Share Repurchases and Dividends

From time to time, we repurchase our common stock in the open market pursuant to programs approved by our Board. We may repurchase our common stock for a variety of reasons, such as acquiring shares to offset dilution related to equity-based incentives, including stock options and our employee stock purchase plan, and optimizing our capital structure.

In June 2011, our Board authorized a new $5.0 billion share repurchase program. The June 2011 program terminated and replaced our prior $5.5 billion share repurchase program authorized in June 2007. There is no expiration date governing the period over which we can repurchase shares under the June 2011 program.

In fiscal 2012, we repurchased and retired 54.6 million shares at a cost of $1.5 billion. We repurchased and retired 32.6 million shares at a cost of $1.2 billion in fiscal 2011. We made no share repurchases in fiscal 2010. At the end of fiscal 2012, $4.1 billion of the $5.0 billion share repurchase program authorized by our Board in June 2011 was available for future share repurchases. Repurchased shares have been retired and constitute authorized but unissued shares.

We consider several factors in determining when to make share repurchases including, among other things, our cash needs, the availability of funding, our future business plans and the market price of our stock. We expect that cash provided by future operating activities, as well as available cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, will be the main sources of funding for our share repurchase program. Based on the anticipated amounts to be generated from those sources of funds in relation to the remaining authorization approved by our Board under the June 2011 share repurchase program, we do not expect that future share repurchases will have a material impact on our short-term or long-term liquidity.

In fiscal 2004, our Board initiated the payment of a regular quarterly cash dividend on our common stock. A quarterly cash dividend has been paid in each subsequent quarter. Effective with the quarterly cash dividend paid in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we increased our quarterly cash dividend per share by 8% to $0.14 per share, and maintained our cash dividend at that rate for the balance of fiscal 2009 and throughout fiscal 2010. We increased our quarterly cash dividend per share by 7% to $0.15 per share effective with the quarterly cash dividend paid in the third quarter of fiscal 2011. Effective with the quarterly cash dividend paid in the third quarter of fiscal 2012, we increased our quarterly cash dividend per share by 7% to $0.16 per share. The payment of cash dividends is subject to customary legal and contractual restrictions. During fiscal 2012, we made four cash dividend payments totaling $0.62 per share, or $228 million in the aggregate.

Other Financial Measures

Our debt to earnings ratio was 6.7 at the end of fiscal 2012, compared to 1.1 at the end of fiscal 2011, due primarily to the $1.2 billion goodwill impairment in fiscal 2012. Our adjusted debt to earnings before goodwill impairment, interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent ("EBITDAR") ratio, which includes capitalized operating lease obligations in its calculation, was 2.6 and 2.3 at the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively, due primarily to an increase in debt and operating lease obligations in fiscal 2012.

Our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, the most directly comparable ratio determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("GAAP"). We have included this information in our MD&A as we view the adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio as an important indicator of our creditworthiness. Furthermore, we believe that our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is

52

Table of Contents

important for understanding our financial position and provides meaningful additional information about our ability to service our long-term debt and other fixed obligations and to fund our future growth. We also believe our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is relevant because it enables investors to compare our indebtedness to that of retailers who own, rather than lease, their stores. Our decision to own or lease real estate is based on an assessment of our financial liquidity, our capital structure, our desire to own or to lease the location, the owner's desire to own or to lease the location, and the alternative that results in the highest return to our shareholders.

Our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is calculated as follows:
 
Adjusted debt
Adjusted debt to EBITDAR =
EBITDAR

The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio is our debt to net earnings ratio, which excludes capitalized operating lease obligations from debt in the numerator of the calculation and does not adjust net earnings in the denominator of the calculation.

The following table presents a reconciliation of our debt to net earnings ratio to our adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio ($ in millions):
 
2012(1)

 
2011(1)

Debt (including current portion)
$
2,208

 
$
1,709

Capitalized operating lease obligations (8 times rental expense)(2)
9,402

 
8,992

Adjusted debt
$
11,610

 
$
10,701

 
 
 
 
Net earnings from continuing operations including noncontrolling interests(3)
$
330

 
$
1,554

Goodwill impairment
1,207

 

Interest expense, net
97

 
43

Income tax expense
709

 
779

Depreciation and amortization expense(4)
968

 
1,078

Rental expense
1,175

 
1,124

EBITDAR
$
4,486

 
$
4,578

 
 
 
 
Debt to net earnings ratio
6.7

 
1.1

Adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio
2.6

 
2.3

(1)
Debt is reflected as of the balance sheet dates for each of the respective fiscal year-ends, while rental expense and the other components of EBITDAR represent activity for the 12 months ended as of each of the respective balance sheet dates.
(2)
The multiple of eight times annual rental expense in the calculation of our capitalized operating lease obligations is the multiple used for the retail sector by one of the nationally recognized credit rating agencies that rate our creditworthiness, and we consider it to be an appropriate multiple for our lease portfolio.
(3)
We utilize net earnings including noncontrolling interests within our calculation as such net earnings and related cash flows attributable to noncontrolling interests are available to service our debt and operating lease commitments.
(4)
Depreciation and amortization expense includes impairments of fixed assets, investments and intangible assets (including impairments associated with our fiscal restructuring activities).

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Other than operating leases, we do not have any off-balance-sheet financing. A summary of our operating lease obligations by fiscal year is included in the "Contractual Obligations" table below. Additional information regarding our operating leases is available in Item 2, Properties, and Note 11, Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


53

Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding our contractual obligations by fiscal year ($ in millions):
 
 
 
Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations
Total

 
Less Than
1 Year

 
1-3 Years

 
3-5 Years

 
More Than
5 Years

Short-term debt obligations
$
480

 
$
480

 
$

 
$

 
$

Long-term debt obligations
1,498

 

 
500

 
349

 
649

Capital lease obligations
81

 
18

 
35

 
11

 
17

Financing lease obligations
149

 
22

 
47

 
40

 
40

Interest payments
500

 
101

 
142

 
105

 
152

Operating lease obligations(1)
7,517

 
1,216

 
2,217

 
1,732

 
2,352

Purchase obligations(2)
3,548

 
1,771

 
1,499

 
278

 

Unrecognized tax benefits(3)
387

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Deferred compensation(4)
62

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total
$
14,222

 
$
3,608

 
$
4,440

 
$
2,515

 
$
3,210

Note: For additional information refer to Note 8, Debt; Note 11, Leases; Note 13, Income Taxes and Note 15, Contingencies and Commitments, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(1)
Operating lease obligations do not include payments to landlords covering real estate taxes and common area maintenance. These charges, if included, would increase total operating lease obligations by $2.1 billion at March 3, 2012.
(2)
Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable, are legally binding and specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations do not include agreements that are cancelable without penalty. Additionally, although they are not legally binding agreements, we included open purchase orders in the table above. Substantially all open purchase orders are fulfilled within 30 days.
(3)
Unrecognized tax benefits relate to uncertain tax positions recorded under accounting guidance that we adopted on March 4, 2007. As we are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of the payments or the amount by which the liability will increase or decrease over time, the related balances have not been reflected in the "Payments Due by Period" section of the table.
(4)
Included in Long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 3, 2012, was a $62 million obligation for deferred compensation. As the specific payment dates for the deferred compensation are unknown, the related balances have not been reflected in the "Payments Due by Period" section of the table.

Additionally, we have $2.8 billion in undrawn capacity on our credit facilities at March 3, 2012, which if drawn upon, would be included as short-term debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.


54

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We believe that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our Board.

Description
 
Judgments and Uncertainties
 
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
 
 
 
 
 
Inventory
 
 
 
 
We value our inventory at the lower of cost or market through the establishment of markdown and inventory loss adjustments.

Our inventory valuation reflects markdowns for the excess of the cost over the amount we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or other disposal of the inventory. Markdowns establish a new cost basis for our inventory. Subsequent changes in facts or circumstances do not result in the reversal of previously recorded markdowns or an increase in that newly established cost basis.

Our inventory valuation also reflects adjustments for anticipated physical inventory losses (e.g., theft) that have occurred since the last physical inventory. Physical inventory counts are taken on a regular basis to ensure that the inventory reported in our consolidated financial statements is properly stated.

 
Our markdown adjustment contains uncertainties because the calculation requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding inventory aging, forecast consumer demand, the promotional environment and technological obsolescence.

Our inventory loss adjustment contains uncertainties because the calculation requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding a number of factors, including historical results and current inventory loss trends.

 
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to establish our markdown or inventory loss adjustments during the past three fiscal years.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our markdowns. However, if estimates regarding consumer demand are inaccurate or changes in technology affect demand for certain products in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% difference in our actual markdowns at March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $8 million in fiscal 2012.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our inventory loss adjustment. However, if our estimates regarding physical inventory losses are inaccurate, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% difference in actual physical inventory loss adjustments at March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $6 million in fiscal 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
Vendor Allowances
 
 
 
 
We receive funds from vendors for various programs, primarily as reimbursements for costs such as markdowns, margin protection, advertising and sales incentives.

Vendor allowances provided as a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs incurred to promote a vendor's products are included as an expense reduction when the cost is incurred. All other vendor allowances are generally in the form of receipt-based funds or sell-through credits. Receipt-based funds are generally determined based on our level of inventory purchases and initially deferred and recorded as a reduction of merchandise inventories. The deferred amounts are then included as a reduction of cost of goods sold when the related product is sold. Sell-through credits are generally based on the number of units we sell over a specified period and are recognized when the related product is sold.
 
Based on the provisions of our vendor agreements, we develop vendor fund accrual rates by estimating the point at which we will have completed our performance under the agreement and the deferred amounts will be earned. During the year, due to the complexity and diversity of the individual vendor agreements, we perform analyses and review historical trends to ensure the deferred amounts earned are appropriately recorded. As a part of these analyses, we apply rates negotiated with our vendors to actual purchase volumes to determine the amount of funds accrued and receivable from the vendor. Certain of our vendor agreements contain purchase volume incentives that provide for increased funding when graduated purchase volumes are met. Amounts accrued throughout the year could be impacted if actual purchase volumes differ from projected annual purchase volumes.

 
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record different forms of vendor allowances or vendor receivables during the past three fiscal years.

If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions and estimates used, we may be exposed to additional adjustments that could materially, either positively or negatively, impact our gross profit rate and inventory. However, substantially all receivables associated with these activities are collected within the following fiscal year and all amounts deferred against inventory turnover within the following fiscal year and therefore do not require subjective long-term estimates. Adjustments to our gross profit rate and inventory in the following fiscal year have historically not been material.

A 10% difference in our vendor receivables at March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $25 million in fiscal 2012.

55

Table of Contents

Description
 
Judgments and Uncertainties
 
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
 
 
 
 
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
 
 
 
Long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which are separately tested for impairment, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset's estimated future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges). If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, we calculate an impairment loss. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying value of the asset to the asset's estimated fair value, which may be based on estimated future cash flows (discounted and with interest charges). We recognize an impairment loss if the amount of the asset's carrying value exceeds the asset's estimated fair value. If we recognize an impairment loss, the adjusted carrying amount of the asset becomes its new cost basis. For a depreciable long-lived asset, the new cost basis will be depreciated (amortized) over the remaining useful life of that asset.

When reviewing long-lived assets for impairment, we group long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities.
 
Our impairment loss calculations contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate future cash flows and asset fair values, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows.

 
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to assess impairment loss during the past three fiscal years.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses, except in relation to the store closures and other strategic changes announced in March 2012 (See Note 17,
Subsequent Event, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data).

If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to losses that could be material.
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
 
 
 
We evaluate goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually in the fiscal fourth quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable.

We test for goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level, which is at the operating segment level or one level below the operating segment. Our impairment evaluation involves comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. Fair value reflects the price a market participant would be willing to pay in a potential sale of the reporting unit. If the fair value exceeds carrying value, then it is concluded that no goodwill impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is required to measure possible goodwill impairment loss. The second step includes hypothetically valuing the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is compared to the carrying value of that goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value.
 
We carry forward the detailed determination of the fair value of a reporting unit in our annual goodwill impairment analysis if three criteria are met: (1) the assets and liabilities that make up the reporting unit have not changed significantly since the most recent fair value determination; (2) the most recent fair value determination resulted in an amount that exceeded the carrying amount of the reporting unit by a substantial margin; and (3) based on an analysis of events that have occurred since the most recent fair value determination, the likelihood that a current fair value determination would be less than the current carrying amount of the reporting unit is remote. For all other reporting units, we perform a detailed determination of fair value of the reporting unit.

Our detailed impairment analysis involves the use of a discounted cash flow model. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes on each reporting unit. Critical assumptions include projected comparable store sales growth, store count, gross profit rates, SG&A rates, working capital fluctuations, capital expenditures and terminal growth rates, as well as an appropriate discount rate. We determine discount rates separately for each reporting unit using the capital asset pricing model. We also use comparable market earnings multiple data and our company's market capitalization to corroborate our reporting unit valuations.

These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. It is our policy to conduct impairment testing based on our current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions, as well as our future expectations.
 
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to assess impairment loss on goodwill and other intangible assets during the past three fiscal years.

The carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets at March 3, 2012, were $1.3 billion and $130 million, respectively. In fiscal 2012, we recorded a $1.2 billion goodwill impairment attributable to our Best Buy Europe reporting unit, representing full impairment of the reporting unit's goodwill. For the remainder of our goodwill outside the Best Buy Europe reporting unit, we determined that the excess of fair value over carrying value for each of our reporting units was substantial. As part of our recent restructuring activities, we recorded impairment charges of $3 million and $10 million in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to certain indefinite-lived tradenames in our Domestic segment. These impairments were recorded within Loss from discontinued operations within our Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the respective years.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to test for impairment losses on goodwill and other intangible assets. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

56

Table of Contents


Description
 
Judgments and Uncertainties
 
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
 
 
 
 
 
Tax Contingencies
 
 
 
 
Our income tax returns, like those of most companies, are periodically audited by domestic and foreign tax authorities. These audits include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. At any one time, multiple tax years are subject to audit by the various tax authorities. In evaluating the exposures associated with our various tax filing positions, we record a liability for such exposures. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter, for which we have established a liability, is audited and fully resolved or clarified. We adjust our liability for unrecognized tax benefits and income tax provision in the period in which an uncertain tax position is effectively settled, the statute of limitations expires for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax position or when more information becomes available.
 
Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions.

Our effective income tax rate is also affected by changes in tax law, the tax jurisdiction of new stores or business ventures, the level of earnings and the results of tax audits.
 
Although we believe that the judgments and estimates discussed herein are reasonable, actual results could differ, and we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.

To the extent we prevail in matters for which a liability has been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our established liability, our effective income tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement generally would require use of our cash and may result in an increase in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would be recognized as a reduction in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution.
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition
 
 
 
 
See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a complete discussion of our revenue recognition policies.

We recognize revenue, net of estimated returns, at the time the customer takes possession of the merchandise or receives services. We estimate the liability for sales returns based on our historical return levels.

We record an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for amounts due from third parties that we do not expect to collect. We estimate the allowance based on historical write offs and chargebacks as well as aging trends.

We sell gift cards to customers in our retail stores, through our Web sites and through selected third parties. A liability is initially established for the cash value of the gift card. We recognize revenue from gift cards when: (i) the card is redeemed by the customer; or (ii) the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed by the customer is remote (“gift card breakage”). We determine our gift card breakage rate based upon historical redemption patterns, which show that after 24 months, we can determine the portion of the liability for which redemption is remote.

We have customer loyalty programs which allow members to earn points for each purchase completed at any of our Best Buy branded stores, or through our related Web sites or when using our co-branded credit cards in the U.S. and Canada. Points earned enable members to receive a certificate that may be redeemed on future purchases at Best Buy branded stores and Web sites. The value of points earned by our loyalty program members is included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a reduction in revenue at the time the points are earned, based on the value of points that are projected to be redeemed.
 
Our revenue recognition accounting methodology contains uncertainties because it requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the amount and timing of future sales returns, uncollectible accounts and redemptions of gift cards and certificates. Our estimate of the amount and timing of sales returns, uncollectible accounts and redemptions of gift cards and certificates is based primarily on historical transaction experience.

 
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to measure sales returns or doubtful accounts or to recognize revenue for our gift card and customer loyalty programs during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to measure sales returns and doubtful accounts or to recognize revenue for our gift card and customer loyalty programs. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.

A 10% change in our sales return reserve at March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $1 million in fiscal 2012.

A 10% change in our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable at March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $5 million in fiscal 2012.

A 10% change in our gift card breakage rate at March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $17 million in fiscal 2012.

A 10% change in our customer loyalty program liability at March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $7 million in fiscal 2012.


57

Table of Contents

Description
 
Judgments and Uncertainties
 
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
 
 
 
 
 
Costs Associated With Exit Activities
 
 
 
 
When necessary, we vacate stores and other locations prior to the expiration of the related lease. For vacated locations with remaining lease commitments, we record an expense for the difference between the present value of our future lease payments and related costs (e.g., real estate taxes and common area maintenance) from the date of closure through the end of the remaining lease term, net of expected future sublease rental income.

Our estimate of future cash flows is based on historical experience; our analysis of the specific real estate market, including input from independent real estate firms; and economic conditions that can be difficult to predict. Cash flows are discounted using a risk-free interest rate that coincides with the remaining lease term.
 
The liability recorded for location closures contains uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the duration of future vacancy periods, the amount and timing of future settlement payments, and the amount and timing of potential sublease rental income. When making these assumptions, management considers a number of factors, including historical settlement experience, the owner of the property, the location and condition of the property, the terms of the underlying lease, the specific marketplace demand and general economic conditions.

 
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to establish our location closing liability during the past three fiscal years.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our location closing liability. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.

A 10% change in our location closing liability at March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $9 million in fiscal 2012.

 
 
 
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
 
 
 
We have a stock-based compensation plan, which includes non-qualified stock options and nonvested share awards, and an employee stock purchase plan. See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 10, Shareholders' Equity, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a complete discussion of our stock-based compensation programs.

We determine the fair value of our non-qualified stock option awards at the date of grant using option-pricing models. Non-qualified stock option awards are primarily valued using a lattice model.

We determine the fair value of our market-based and performance-based nonvested share awards at the date of grant using generally accepted valuation techniques and the closing market price of our stock.

Management reviews its assumptions and the valuations provided by independent third-party valuation advisors to determine the fair value of stock-based compensation awards.
 
Option-pricing models and generally accepted valuation techniques require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to determine the fair value of our awards. These assumptions and judgments include estimating the future volatility of our stock price, expected dividend yield, future employee turnover rates and future employee stock option exercise behaviors. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate.

Performance-based nonvested share awards require management to make assumptions regarding the likelihood of achieving company or personal performance goals.
 
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to determine stock-based compensation expense. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to changes in stock-based compensation expense that could be material.

If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions used, the stock-based compensation expense reported in our financial statements may not be representative of the actual economic cost of the stock-based compensation.

A 10% change in our stock-based compensation expense for the year ended March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $7 million in fiscal 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
Self-Insured Liabilities
 
 
 
 
We are self-insured for certain losses related to health, workers' compensation and general liability claims, as well as customer warranty and insurance programs, although we obtain third party insurance coverage to limit our exposure to these claims. We maintain wholly-owned insurance captives to manage a portion of these self-insured liabilities.

When estimating our self-insured liabilities, we consider a number of factors, including historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and valuations provided by independent third-party actuaries.

Periodically, we review our assumptions and the valuations provided by independent third-party actuaries to determine the adequacy of our self-insured liabilities.
 
Our self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not reported at the balance sheet date.
 
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to establish our self-insured liabilities during the past three fiscal years.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our self-insured liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.

A 10% change in our self-insured liabilities at March 3, 2012, would have affected net earnings by approximately $8 million in fiscal 2012.

58

Table of Contents

Description
 
Judgments and Uncertainties
 
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions — Purchase Price Allocation
 
 
In accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations, we allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to its identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded as goodwill.

We use all available information to estimate fair values. We typically engage outside appraisal firms to assist in the fair value determination of identifiable intangible assets such as tradenames and any other significant assets or liabilities. We adjust the preliminary purchase price allocation, as necessary, up to one year after the acquisition closing date as we obtain more information regarding asset valuations and liabilities assumed.

 
Our purchase price allocation methodology contains uncertainties because it requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. Management estimates the fair value of assets and liabilities based upon quoted market prices, the carrying value of the acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies.

 
If actual results are materially different than the assumptions we used to determine fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired through a business combination, it is possible that adjustments to the carrying values of such assets and liabilities will have an impact on our net earnings.

See Note 4, Acquisitions, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the acquisition-related information associated with significant acquisitions completed in the last three fiscal years.

New Accounting Standards

Goodwill Impairment — In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance simplifying how to test goodwill for impairment. Under the new guidance, entities may make a qualitative assessment of the likelihood of goodwill impairment in order to determine whether a detailed quantitative analysis is required. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As such, we will adopt the new guidance in our fiscal quarter ending May 5, 2012. We do not believe our adoption of the new guidance will have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Comprehensive Income — In June 2011, the FASB issued new guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income. Specifically, the new guidance requires an entity to present components of net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement, referred to as the statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive statements. The new guidance eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. While the new guidance changes the presentation of comprehensive income, there are no changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income under current accounting guidance. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As such, we will adopt the new guidance in our fiscal quarter ending May 5, 2012.

Fair Value Measurement — In April 2011, the FASB issued new guidance to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This new guidance amends current fair value measurement and disclosure guidance to include increased transparency around valuation inputs and investment categorization. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As such, we will adopt the new guidance in our fiscal quarter ending May 5, 2012. We do not believe our adoption of the new guidance will have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


59

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

In addition to the risks inherent in our operations, we are exposed to certain market risks, including adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We have market risk arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates related to our International segment operations. On a limited basis, we use forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Our Canada, Europe and China businesses enter into the contracts primarily to hedge certain non-functional currency transaction exposures.

The aggregate notional amount related to our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, was $238 million and $757 million, respectively. The fair value recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet related to our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, was $(1) million and $(1) million, respectively. The amount recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Earnings related to all contracts settled and outstanding was a gain of $11 million in fiscal 2012, and a gain of $24 million in fiscal 2011.

The overall weakness of the U.S. dollar compared to the U.K. pound, Canadian dollar, and Chinese Renminbi since the end of fiscal 2011 has had a positive overall impact on our revenue and net earnings as the foreign denominations translated into more U.S. dollars. It is not possible to determine the exact impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; however, the effect on reported revenue and net earnings can be estimated. We estimate that foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations had a net favorable impact on our revenue and net earnings in fiscal 2012 of approximately $456 million and $2 million, respectively. Similarly, we estimate that the overall weakness of the U.S. dollar had a favorable impact on our revenue and net earnings in fiscal 2011 of approximately $302 million and $7 million, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk

Short- and long-term debt

At March 3, 2012, our short- and long-term debt was comprised primarily of credit facilities, our 2013 Notes, our 2016 Notes and our 2021 Notes. We currently do not manage the interest rate risk on our debt through the use of derivative instruments.

Our credit facilities' interest rates may be reset due to fluctuations in a market-based index, such as the federal funds rate, LIBOR, or the base rate or prime rate of our lenders. A hypothetical 100-basis-point change in the interest rates on the outstanding balance of our credit facilities at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, would change our annual pre-tax earnings by $5 million and $6 million, respectively.

There is no interest rate risk associated with our 2013 Notes, our 2016 Notes or 2021 Notes, as the interest rates are fixed at 6.75%, 3.75% and 5.5%, respectively, per annum.

Long-term investments in debt securities

At March 3, 2012, our long-term investments in debt securities were comprised of ARS. These investments are not subject to material interest rate risk. A hypothetical 100-basis-point change in the interest rate on such investments at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, would change our annual pre-tax earnings by $1 million and $1 million, respectively. We do not manage interest rate risk on our investments in debt securities through the use of derivative instruments.

Other Market Risks

Investments in auction rate securities

At March 3, 2012, we held $82 million in investments in ARS, which includes a $6 million pre-tax temporary impairment, compared to $110 million in investments in ARS and a $5 million pre-tax temporary impairment at February 26, 2011. Given current conditions in the ARS market as described above in the Liquidity and Capital Resources section, included in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we may incur additional temporary unrealized losses or other-than-temporary realized losses in the future if market conditions were to persist and we were unable to recover the cost of our ARS investments. A hypothetical 100-basis-point loss from the par value of these investments at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, would result in an impairment of $1 million and $1 million, respectively.

60

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Management's Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements

Our management is responsible for the preparation, integrity and objectivity of the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the related financial information. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP and necessarily include certain amounts that are based on estimates and informed judgments. Our management also prepared the related financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which conducted its audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (U.S.). The independent registered public accounting firm's responsibility is to express an opinion as to the fairness with which such financial statements present our financial position, results of operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed under the supervision of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, and effected by our Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, and includes those policies and procedures that:

(1)
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and the dispositions of our assets;

(2)
Provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and Board; and

(3)
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 3, 2012, using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 3, 2012. During our assessment, we did not identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 3, 2012, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an unqualified attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting as of March 3, 2012.

 
George L. Mikan III
 Chief Executive Officer (Interim)
(duly authorized and principal executive officer)
 
James L. Muehlbauer
 Executive Vice President — Finance
and Chief Financial Officer
(duly authorized and principal financial officer)

61

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Best Buy Co., Inc.:
Richfield, Minnesota

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Best Buy Co., Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 3, 2012 and February 26, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of earnings, cash flows, and changes in shareholders' equity for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 3, 2012. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Best Buy Co., Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 3, 2012 and February 26, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 3, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 3, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 1, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
May 1, 2012


62

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Best Buy Co., Inc.:
Richfield, Minnesota

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Best Buy Co., Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 3, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 3, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended March 3, 2012 of the Company and our report dated May 1, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
May 1, 2012


63

Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets
$ in millions, except per share and share amounts
 
March 3, 2012

 
February 26, 2011

Assets
 
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,199

 
$
1,103

Short-term investments

 
22

Receivables
2,288

 
2,348

Merchandise inventories
5,731

 
5,897

Other current assets
1,079

 
1,103

Total current assets
10,297

 
10,473

Property and Equipment
 
 
 
Land and buildings
775

 
766

Leasehold improvements
2,367

 
2,318

Fixtures and equipment
4,981

 
4,701

Property under capital lease
129

 
120

 
8,252

 
7,905

Less accumulated depreciation
4,781

 
4,082

Net property and equipment
3,471

 
3,823

Goodwill
1,335

 
2,454

Tradenames, Net
130

 
133

Customer Relationships, Net
229

 
203

Equity and Other Investments
140

 
328

Other Assets
403

 
435

Total Assets
$
16,005

 
$
17,849

 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Equity
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
5,364

 
$
4,894

Unredeemed gift card liabilities
456

 
474

Accrued compensation and related expenses
539

 
570

Accrued liabilities
1,685

 
1,471

Accrued income taxes
288

 
256

Short-term debt
480

 
557

Current portion of long-term debt
43

 
441

Total current liabilities
8,855

 
8,663

Long-Term Liabilities
1,099

 
1,183

Long-Term Debt
1,685

 
711

Contingencies and Commitments (Note 15)

 

Equity
 
 
 
Best Buy Co., Inc. Shareholders' Equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value: Authorized — 400,000 shares; Issued and outstanding — none

 

Common stock, $0.10 par value: Authorized — 1.0 billion shares; Issued and outstanding — 341,400,000 and 392,590,000 shares, respectively
34

 
39

Additional paid-in capital

 
18

Retained earnings
3,621

 
6,372

Accumulated other comprehensive income
90

 
173

Total Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders' equity
3,745

 
6,602

Noncontrolling interests
621

 
690

Total equity
4,366

 
7,292

Total Liabilities and Equity
$
16,005

 
$
17,849


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

64

Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Earnings
$ in millions, except per share amounts
Fiscal Years Ended
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

 
February 27,
2010

Revenue
$
50,705

 
$
49,747

 
$
49,243

Cost of goods sold
38,113

 
37,197

 
37,201

Restructuring charges — cost of goods sold
19

 
9

 

Gross profit
12,573

 
12,541

 
12,042

Selling, general and administrative expenses
10,242

 
10,029

 
9,622

Restructuring charges
39

 
138

 
52

Goodwill impairment
1,207

 

 

Operating income
1,085

 
2,374

 
2,368

Other income (expense)
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on sale of investments
55

 

 

Investment income and other
37

 
43

 
53

Interest expense
(134
)
 
(86
)
 
(92
)
Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense and equity in (loss) income of affiliates
1,043

 
2,331

 
2,329

Income tax expense
709

 
779

 
835

Equity in (loss) income of affiliates
(4
)
 
2

 
1

Net earnings from continuing operations
330

 
1,554

 
1,495

Loss from discontinued operations (Note 3), net of tax of $89, $65 and $33
(308
)
 
(188
)
 
(101
)
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
22

 
1,366

 
1,394

Net (earnings) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests
(1,387
)
 
(127
)
 
(96
)
Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests
134

 
38

 
19

Net (loss) earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc.
$
(1,231
)
 
$
1,277

 
$
1,317

 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (loss) earnings per share attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
(2.89
)
 
$
3.51

 
$
3.36

Discontinued operations
(0.47
)
 
(0.37
)
 
(0.20
)
Basic (loss) earnings per share
$
(3.36
)
 
$
3.14

 
$
3.16

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
(2.89
)
 
$
3.44

 
$
3.29

Discontinued operations
(0.47
)
 
(0.36
)
 
(0.19
)
Diluted (loss) earnings per share
$
(3.36
)
 
$
3.08

 
$
3.10

 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
366.3

 
406.1

 
416.8

Diluted
366.3

 
416.5

 
427.5


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



65

Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
$ in millions
Fiscal Years Ended
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

 
February 27,
2010

Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
$
22

 
$
1,366

 
$
1,394

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to total cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
897

 
896

 
838

Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets
48

 
82

 
88

Restructuring charges
288

 
222

 
52

Goodwill impairment
1,207

 

 

Stock-based compensation
120

 
121

 
118

Realized gain on sale of investment
(55
)
 

 

Deferred income taxes
28

 
(134
)
 
(30
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 
(11
)
 
(7
)
Other, net
25

 
11

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables
41

 
(371
)
 
(63
)
Merchandise inventories
120

 
(400
)
 
(609
)
Other assets
(24
)
 
40

 
(98
)
Accounts payable
574

 
(443
)
 
141

Other liabilities
(23
)
 
(156
)
 
279

Income taxes
25

 
(33
)
 
103

Total cash provided by operating activities
3,293

 
1,190

 
2,206

Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Additions to property and equipment, net of $18, $81 and $9 non-cash capital expenditures in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively
(766
)
 
(744
)
 
(615
)
Purchases of investments
(112
)
 
(267
)
 
(16
)
Sales of investments
290

 
415

 
56

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
(174
)
 

 
(7
)
Proceeds from sale of business, net of cash transferred

 
21

 

Change in restricted assets
40

 
(2
)
 
18

Settlement of net investment hedges

 
12

 
40

Other, net
(2
)
 
(4
)
 
(16
)
Total cash used in investing activities
(724
)
 
(569
)
 
(540
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchase of common stock
(1,500
)
 
(1,193
)
 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan and for the exercise of stock options
67

 
179

 
138

Dividends paid
(228
)
 
(237
)
 
(234
)
Repayments of debt
(3,412
)
 
(3,120
)
 
(5,342
)
Proceeds from issuance of debt
3,921

 
3,021

 
5,132

Payment to noncontrolling interest (Note 2)
(1,303
)
 

 

Acquisition of noncontrolling interests

 
(21
)
 
(34
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 
11

 
7

Other, net
(23
)
 
3

 
(15
)
Total cash used in financing activities
(2,478
)
 
(1,357
)
 
(348
)
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash
5

 
13

 
10

Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
96

 
(723
)
 
1,328

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year
1,103

 
1,826

 
498

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
$
1,199

 
$
1,103

 
$
1,826

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes paid
$
568

 
$
882

 
$
732

Interest paid
89

 
68

 
78

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

66

Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
$ and shares in millions
 
Common
Shares

 
Common
Stock

 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 
Retained
Earnings

 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income

 
Total Best 
Buy Co., Inc.
Shareholders'
Equity

 
Non
controlling
Interests

 
Total
Equity

Balances at February 28, 2009
414

 
$
41

 
$
205

 
$
4,714

 
$
(317
)
 
$
4,643

 
$
513

 
$
5,156

Net earnings

 

 

 
1,317

 

 
1,317

 
77

 
1,394

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 
329

 
329

 
76

 
405

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 
28

 
28

 

 
28

Total comprehensive income
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
1,674

 
153

 
1,827

Purchase accounting adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 
(22
)
 
(22
)
Stock options exercised
4

 
1

 
95

 

 

 
96

 

 
96

Tax loss from stock options, restricted stock and employee stock purchase plan

 

 
(19
)
 

 

 
(19
)
 

 
(19
)
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan
1

 

 
42

 

 

 
42

 

 
42

Stock-based compensation

 

 
118

 

 

 
118

 

 
118

Common stock dividends, $0.56 per share

 

 

 
(234
)
 

 
(234
)
 

 
(234
)
Balances at February 27, 2010
419

 
42

 
441

 
5,797

 
40

 
6,320

 
644

 
6,964

Net earnings

 

 

 
1,277

 

 
1,277

 
89

 
1,366

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 
76

 
76

 
(42
)
 
34

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 
58

 
58

 

 
58

Cash flow hedging instruments — unrealized loss

 

 

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Total comprehensive income
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
1,410

 
46

 
1,456

Stock options exercised
4

 

 
134

 

 

 
134

 

 
134

Vesting of restricted stock
1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefits from stock options, restricted stock and employee stock purchase plan

 

 
3

 

 

 
3

 

 
3

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan
1

 

 
45

 

 

 
45

 

 
45

Stock-based compensation

 

 
121

 

 

 
121

 

 
121

Common stock dividends, $0.58 per share

 

 

 
(238
)
 

 
(238
)
 

 
(238
)
Repurchase of common stock
(32
)
 
(3
)
 
(726
)
 
(464
)
 

 
(1,193
)
 

 
(1,193
)
Balances at February 26, 2011
393

 
39

 
18

 
6,372

 
173

 
6,602

 
690

 
7,292

Net (loss) earnings

 

 

 
(1,231
)
 

 
(1,231
)
 
1,253

 
22

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 
(9
)
 
(9
)
 
(12
)
 
(21
)
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 
(26
)
 
(26
)
 

 
(26
)
Reclassification adjustment for gain on available-for-sale securities included in net earnings

 

 

 

 
(48
)
 
(48
)
 

 
(48
)
Total comprehensive (loss) income
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
(1,314
)
 
1,241

 
(73
)
Payment to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 
(1,303
)
 
(1,303
)
Dividend distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 
(7
)
 
(7
)
Stock options exercised
1

 

 
27

 

 

 
27

 

 
27

Tax loss from stock options, restricted stock and employee stock purchase plan

 

 
(2
)
 

 

 
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan
2

 

 
40

 

 

 
40

 

 
40

Stock-based compensation

 

 
120

 

 

 
120

 

 
120

Common stock dividends, $0.62 per share

 

 

 
(228
)
 

 
(228
)
 

 
(228
)
Repurchase of common stock
(55
)
 
(5
)
 
(203
)
 
(1,292
)
 

 
(1,500
)
 

 
(1,500
)
Balances at March 3, 2012
341

 
$
34

 
$

 
$
3,621

 
$
90

 
$
3,745

 
$
621

 
$
4,366

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

67

Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Unless the context otherwise requires, the use of the terms "we," "us" and "our" in these notes to consolidated financial statements refers to Best Buy Co., Inc. and, as applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries. We are a multinational retailer of consumer electronics, computing and mobile phone products, entertainment products, appliances and related services.

Our enterprise consists of two operating segments which our Chief Executive Officer (our chief operating decision maker) reviews separately to make decisions about resource allocation and to assess performance: Domestic and International. We do not aggregate these operating segments in determining our reportable segments. The Domestic segment is comprised of store, call center and online operations in all states, districts and territories of the U.S., operating under the brand names Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Geek Squad, Magnolia Audio Video and Pacific Sales. U.S. Best Buy stores offer a wide variety of consumer electronics, computing and mobile phone products, entertainment products, appliances and related services. Best Buy Mobile offers a wide selection of mobile phones, accessories and related services. Geek Squad provides residential and commercial computer repair, support and installation services. Magnolia Audio Video stores offer high-end audio and video products and related services. Pacific Sales stores offer high-end home-improvement products including appliances, consumer electronics and related services.

The International segment is comprised of: (i) all Canada store, call center and online operations, operating under the brand names Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Cell Shop, Connect Pro, Future Shop and Geek Squad, (ii) all Europe store, call center and online operations, operating under the brand names The Carphone Warehouse, The Phone House and Geek Squad, (iii) all China store and call center operations, operating under the brand name Five Star and (iv) all Mexico store operations operating under the brand names Best Buy and Geek Squad. Our International segment offers products and services similar to those of our U.S. Best Buy stores. However, Best Buy Canada stores do not carry appliances and Five Star stores do not carry entertainment products. Further, our small-format stores and offerings in Europe are similar to our Best Buy Mobile format and offerings in the U.S., primarily offering mobile phones, voice and data service plans, and related accessories and services.

In support of our retail store operations, we also maintain Web sites for each of our brands including, but not limited to, BestBuy.com, BestBuy.ca, BestBuyMobile.com, CarphoneWarehouse.com, FutureShop.ca and PhoneHouse.com.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Best Buy Co., Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Investments in unconsolidated entities over which we exercise significant influence but do not have control are accounted for using the equity method. We have eliminated all intercompany accounts and transactions.

In order to align our fiscal reporting periods and comply with statutory filing requirements in certain foreign jurisdictions, we consolidate the financial results of our Europe, China and Mexico operations on a two-month lag. Our policy is to accelerate recording the effect of events occurring in the lag period that significantly affect our consolidated financial statements. In November 2011, we announced plans to close our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the United Kingdom ("U.K."). However, a portion of the charges were not recorded until the stores were closed in January 2012. Accordingly, $82 of restructuring charges recorded in January 2012 related to the store closures were included in our fiscal 2012 results. Furthermore, in January 2012, we determined that the goodwill attributable to our Best Buy Europe reporting unit had been fully impaired. Accordingly, we recorded the $1,207 impairment charge in our fiscal 2012 results. Except for these restructuring activities and the goodwill impairment, no significant intervening event occurred in these operations that would have materially affected our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or other factors had it been recorded during fiscal 2012. For further information about our fiscal 2012 restructuring and the nature of the charges we recorded, refer to Note 7, Restructuring Charges. For further information about the goodwill impairment, refer to Goodwill and Intangible Assets below, as well as Note 2, Profit Share Buy-Out.

In preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we evaluated the period from March 4, 2012 through the date the financial statements were issued for material subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure. Other than the fiscal 2013 restructuring announced in March 2012, as described in Note 17, Subsequent Event, no such events were identified for this period.

68

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("GAAP") requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Earnings, as well as the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Future results could be materially affected if actual results were to differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest the end of February. Fiscal 2012 included 53 weeks and fiscal 2011 and 2010 each included 52 weeks.

On November 2, 2011, our Board of Directors approved a change in our fiscal year-end from the Saturday nearest the end of February to the Saturday nearest the end of January, effective beginning with our fiscal year 2013. As a result of this change, our fiscal year 2013 transition period will be 11 months and will end on February 2, 2013, and we will begin consolidating the results of our Europe, China and Mexico operations on a one-month lag, compared to a two-month lag in fiscal year 2012, to continue aligning our fiscal reporting periods with statutory filing requirements in certain foreign jurisdictions. We will begin filing our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q based on the new fiscal year-end beginning with the first quarter of fiscal year 2013. We also currently plan to report the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 as a three-month period, which will include the results of the last month of fiscal year 2012.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash primarily consists of cash on hand and bank deposits. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds, U.S. Treasury bills, commercial paper and time deposits such as certificates of deposit with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased. The amounts of cash equivalents at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, were $343 and $120, respectively, and the weighted-average interest rates were 0.1% and 0.3%, respectively.

Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit (book overdrafts) totaled $80 and $57 at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively, and are reflected within Accounts payable in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Receivables

Receivables consist principally of amounts due from mobile phone network operators for commissions earned; banks for customer credit card, certain debit card and electronic benefits transfer (EBT) transactions; and vendors for various vendor funding programs.

We establish allowances for uncollectible receivables based on historical collection trends and write-off history. Our allowances for uncollectible receivables were $72 and $107 at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively.

Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are recorded at the lower of cost using either the average cost or first-in first-out method, or market. In-bound freight-related costs from our vendors are included as part of the net cost of merchandise inventories. Also included in the cost of inventory are certain vendor allowances that are not a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs to promote a vendor's products. Other costs associated with acquiring, storing and transporting merchandise inventories to our retail stores are expensed as incurred and included in cost of goods sold.

Our inventory valuation reflects adjustments for anticipated physical inventory losses (e.g., theft) that have occurred since the last physical inventory. Physical inventory counts are taken on a regular basis to ensure that the inventory reported in our consolidated financial statements is properly stated.

Our inventory valuation also reflects markdowns for the excess of the cost over the amount we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or other disposal of the inventory. Markdowns establish a new cost basis for our inventory. Subsequent changes in facts or circumstances do not result in the reversal of previously recorded markdowns or an increase in that newly established cost basis.


69

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Restricted Assets

Restricted cash and investments in debt securities totaled $461 and $490, at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively, and are included in Other current assets or Equity and Other Investments in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Such balances are pledged as collateral or restricted to use for vendor payables, general liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance and warranty programs.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. We compute depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the period from the date the assets are placed in service to the end of the initial lease term. Leasehold improvements made significantly after the initial lease term are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term, including renewal periods, if reasonably assured. Accelerated depreciation methods are generally used for income tax purposes.

When property is retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from our Consolidated Balance Sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Repairs and maintenance costs are charged directly to expense as incurred. Major renewals or replacements that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated.

Costs associated with the acquisition or development of software for internal use are capitalized and amortized over the expected useful life of the software, from three to seven years. A subsequent addition, modification or upgrade to internal-use software is capitalized to the extent that it enhances the software's functionality or extends its useful life. Capitalized software is included in fixtures and equipment. Software maintenance and training costs are expensed in the period incurred.

Property under capital lease is comprised of buildings and equipment used in our retail operations and corporate support functions. The related depreciation for capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense. The carrying value of property under capital lease was $69 and $74 at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $60 and $45, respectively.

Estimated useful lives by major asset category are as follows:
Asset
Life
(in years)
Buildings
25-50
Leasehold improvements
3-25
Fixtures and equipment
3-20
Property under capital lease
2-20

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Costs Associated With Exit Activities

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors considered important that could result in an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or planned operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the assets or significant changes in our business strategies. An impairment loss is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset (if any) are less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment loss is recognized, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value based on quoted market prices or other valuation techniques (e.g., discounted cash flow analysis).

When reviewing long-lived assets for impairment, we group long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. For example, long-lived assets deployed at store locations are reviewed for impairment at the individual store level, which involves comparing the carrying value of all land, buildings, leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment located at each store to the net cash flow projections for each store. In addition, we conduct separate impairment reviews at other levels as appropriate, for example to evaluate potential impairment of assets shared by several areas of operations, such as information technology systems.

70

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

The present value of costs associated with location closings, primarily future lease costs (net of expected sublease income), are charged to earnings when we have ceased using the specific location. We accelerate depreciation on property and equipment we expect to retire when a decision is made to abandon a location.

At March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, the obligation associated with location closings was $138 and $76, respectively, and is included within Accrued liabilities and Long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The obligation associated with location closings at March 3, 2012, included amounts associated with our fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 restructuring activities and the obligation associated with location closings at February 26, 2011, included amounts associated with our fiscal 2011 restructuring activities.

Leases

We conduct the majority of our retail and distribution operations from leased locations. The leases require payment of real estate taxes, insurance and common area maintenance, in addition to rent. The terms of our lease agreements generally range from 10 to 20 years. Most of the leases contain renewal options and escalation clauses, and certain store leases require
contingent rents based on factors such as specified percentages of revenue or the consumer price index.

For leases that contain predetermined fixed escalations of the minimum rent, we recognize the related rent expense on a straight-line basis from the date we take possession of the property to the end of the initial lease term. We record any difference between the straight-line rent amounts and amounts payable under the leases as part of deferred rent, in Accrued liabilities or Long-term liabilities, as appropriate.

Cash or lease incentives received upon entering into certain store leases ("tenant allowances") are recognized on a straight-line basis as a reduction to rent from the date we take possession of the property through the end of the initial lease term. We record the unamortized portion of tenant allowances as a part of deferred rent, in Accrued liabilities or Long-term liabilities, as appropriate.

At March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, deferred rent included in Accrued liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $42 and $34, respectively, and deferred rent included in Long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $317 and $343, respectively.

We also lease certain equipment under noncancelable operating and capital leases. In addition, we have financing leases for which the gross cost of constructing the asset is included in property and equipment, and amounts reimbursed from the landlord are recorded as financing obligations. Assets acquired under capital and financing leases are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term, including renewal periods, if reasonably assured.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. We test goodwill for impairment annually in the fiscal fourth quarter, or when indications of potential impairment exist. We monitor the existence of potential impairment indicators throughout the fiscal year.

We test for goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units are the components of operating segments which constitute businesses for which discrete financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by segment management. No components were aggregated in arriving at our reporting units. Our reporting units with goodwill balances at the beginning of fiscal 2012 were Best Buy Domestic, Best Buy Canada, Five Star China and Best Buy Europe.

The impairment test involves comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. Fair value reflects the price a market participant would be willing to pay in a potential sale of the reporting unit. If the fair value exceeds carrying value, then we conclude that no goodwill impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is required to measure possible goodwill impairment loss. The second step includes hypothetically valuing the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is compared to the carrying value of that goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value.


71

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

We carry forward the detailed determination of the fair value of a reporting unit in our annual goodwill impairment analysis if three criteria are met: (1) the assets and liabilities that make up the reporting unit have not changed significantly since the most recent detailed fair value determination; (2) the most recent detailed fair value determination resulted in an amount that exceeded the carrying amount of the reporting unit by a substantial margin; and (3) based on an analysis of events that have occurred since the most recent detailed fair value determination, the likelihood that current fair value is less than the current carrying amount of the reporting unit is remote. For all other reporting units, we perform a detailed determination of fair value of the reporting unit.

Our detailed impairment analysis involves the use of a discounted cash flow ("DCF") model. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes on each reporting unit. Critical assumptions include projected comparable store sales growth, store count, gross profit rates, selling, general and administrative expense ("SG&A") rates, working capital fluctuations, capital expenditures and terminal growth rates, as well as an appropriate discount rate. Discount rates are determined separately for each reporting unit using the capital asset pricing model. We also use comparable market earnings multiple data and our company's market capitalization to corroborate our reporting unit valuations.

Goodwill Impairment

For the Best Buy Domestic, Best Buy Canada and Five Star China reporting units, we utilized the carry-forward methodology outlined above in completing the fiscal 2012 goodwill impairment reviews. For each of these reporting units, we determined that the fair value of goodwill remained substantially in excess of carrying values. No goodwill impairments were recorded in fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010.

Refer to Note 2, Profit Share Buy-Out, for further information on the $1,207 goodwill impairment attributable to the Best Buy Europe reporting unit recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.

Tradenames and Customer Relationships

We have an indefinite-lived tradename related to Pacific Sales included within our Domestic segment. We also have indefinite-lived tradenames related to Future Shop, Five Star, The Carphone Warehouse and The Phone House included within our International segment.

We have definite-lived intangible assets related to customer relationships acquired as part of our acquisition of mindSHIFT within our Domestic segment, and Best Buy Europe within our International segment.

Our valuation of identifiable intangible assets acquired is based on information and assumptions available to us at the time of acquisition, using income and market approaches to determine fair value. We amortize definite-lived intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. We do not amortize our indefinite-lived tradenames, but test for impairment annually, or when indications of potential impairment exist.

We utilize the relief from royalty method to determine the fair value of each of our indefinite-lived tradenames. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess. Significant management judgment is necessary to determine key assumptions, including projected revenue, royalty rates and appropriate discount rates. Royalty rates used are consistent with those assumed for original purchase accounting. Other assumptions are consistent with those we use for goodwill impairment testing purposes.


72

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived tradenames by segment were as follows in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
Goodwill
 
Indefinite-Lived Tradenames
 
Domestic

 
International

 
Total

 
Domestic

 
International

 
Total

Balances at February 28, 2009
$
434

 
$
1,769

 
$
2,203

 
$
32

 
$
72

 
$
104

Purchase accounting adjustments(1)

 
48

 
48

 

 

 

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates

 
201

 
201

 

 
8

 
8

Balances at February 27, 2010
434

 
2,018

 
2,452

 
32

 
80

 
112

Acquisitions

 
5

 
5

 

 

 

Impairments(2)

 

 

 
(10
)
 

 
(10
)
Sale of business(3)
(12
)
 

 
(12
)
 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates

 
9

 
9

 

 
4

 
4

Balances at February 26, 2011
422

 
2,032

 
2,454

 
21

 
84

 
105

Acquisitions(4)
94

 

 
94

 
1

 

 
1

Impairments

 
(1,207
)
 
(1,207
)
 

 

 

Sale of business

 
(7
)
 
(7
)
 
(3
)
 
(2
)
 
(5
)
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates

 
1

 
1

 

 
1

 
1

Other(5)

 

 

 

 
28

 
28

Balances at March 3, 2012
$
516

 
$
819

 
$
1,335

 
$
19

 
$
111

 
$
130

(1)
The adjustment in fiscal 2010 related to the finalization of the purchase price allocations from our acquisitions of Best Buy Europe and Five Star.
(2)
As part of our fiscal 2011 restructuring activities, we recorded an impairment charge related to certain indefinite-lived tradenames in our Domestic segment. See Note 7, Restructuring Charges, for further information.
(3)
As a result of the sale of our Speakeasy business in the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we eliminated the carrying value of the related goodwill and indefinite-lived tradenames as of the date of sale.
(4)
Represents goodwill acquired, primarily as a result of the mindSHIFT acquisition. See Note 4, Acquisitions, for further information.
(5)
Represents the transfer of certain definite-lived tradenames (at their net book value) to indefinite-lived tradenames following our decision to no longer phase out certain tradenames. We believe these tradenames will continue to contribute to our future cash flows indefinitely.

The following table provides the gross carrying amount of goodwill and cumulative goodwill impairment losses:
 
March 3, 2012
 
February 26, 2011
 
Gross Carrying
Amount
 
Cumulative
Impairment
 
Gross Carrying
Amount
 
Cumulative
Impairment
Goodwill
$
2,596

 
$
(1,261
)
 
$
2,519

 
$
(65
)

Our tradenames and customer relationships were as follows:
 
March 3, 2012
 
February 26, 2011
 
Tradenames

 
Customer
Relationships

 
Tradenames

 
Customer
Relationships

Indefinite-lived
$
130

 
$

 
$
105

 
$

Definite-lived

 
229

 
28

 
203

Total
$
130

 
$
229

 
$
133

 
$
203



73

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

The following table provides the gross carrying amount and related accumulated amortization of definite-lived intangible assets:
 
March 3, 2012
 
February 26, 2011
 
Gross Carrying
Amount

 
Accumulated Amortization

 
Gross Carrying
Amount

 
Accumulated Amortization

Tradenames
$

 
$

 
$
73

 
$
(45
)
Customer relationships
453

 
(224
)
 
383

 
(180
)
Total
$
453

 
$
(224
)
 
$
456

 
$
(225
)

Total amortization expense was $48, $82, and $88 in fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. At March 3, 2012, future amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets for the next five fiscal years was expected to be:
Fiscal Year
 
2013
$
40

2014
40

2015
40

2016
40

2017
22

Thereafter
47


Lease Rights

Lease rights represent costs incurred to acquire the lease of a specific commercial property. Lease rights are recorded at cost and are amortized to rent expense over the remaining lease term, including renewal periods, if reasonably assured. Amortization periods range up to 15 years, beginning with the date we take possession of the property.

The following table provides the gross carrying amount and related accumulated amortization of lease rights:
 
March 3, 2012
 
February 26, 2011
 
Gross Carrying
Amount

 
Accumulated
Amortization

 
Gross Carrying
Amount

 
Accumulated
Amortization

Lease rights
$
130

 
$
(73
)
 
$
131

 
$
(57
)

Lease rights amortization expense was $13, $14 and $18 in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We expect current lease rights amortization expense to be approximately $7 for each of the next five fiscal years.

Investments

Debt Securities

Our long-term investments in debt securities are comprised of auction-rate securities ("ARS"). Based on our ability to market and sell these instruments, we classify ARS as available-for-sale and carry them at fair value. ARS were intended to behave like short-term debt instruments because their interest rates reset periodically through an auction process, typically at intervals of seven, 28 and 35 days. Investments in these securities can be sold for cash at par value on the auction date if the auction is successful. The majority of our ARS are AAA/Aaa-rated and collateralized by student loans, which are guaranteed 95% to 100% by the U.S. government. We also hold ARS that are in the form of municipal revenue bonds, which are AA/Aa-rated and insured by bond insurers. We do not have any investments in securities that are collateralized by assets that include mortgages or subprime debt. Our intent with these investments is to recover the full principal amount through a successful auction process, a sale outside of the auction process, a refinancing or settlement upon maturity. See Note 5, Investments, for further information.

In accordance with our investment policy, we place our investments in debt securities with issuers who have high-quality credit and limit the amount of investment exposure to any one issuer. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal and maintain a desired level of liquidity to meet working capital needs. We seek to preserve principal and minimize exposure to interest rate fluctuations by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk.

74

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Marketable Equity Securities

We also periodically invest in marketable equity securities and classify them as available-for-sale. Investments in marketable equity securities are included in Equity and Other Investments in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and are reported at fair value based on quoted market prices. All unrealized holding gains and losses are reflected net of tax in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity.

Other Investments

We also have investments that are accounted for on either the cost method or the equity method that we include in Equity and Other Investments in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We review the key characteristics of our debt, marketable equity securities and other investments portfolio and their classification in accordance with GAAP on a quarterly basis, or when indications of potential impairment exist. If a decline in the fair value of a security is deemed by management to be other-than-temporary, we write down the cost basis of the investment to fair value, and the amount of the write-down is included in net earnings.

Insurance

We are self-insured for certain losses related to health, workers' compensation and general liability claims, although we obtain third-party insurance coverage to limit our exposure to these claims. A portion of these self-insured losses are managed through a wholly-owned insurance captive. We estimate our self-insured liabilities using a number of factors, including historical claims experience, an estimate of incurred but not reported claims, demographic factors and severity factors, and utilizing valuations provided by independent third-party actuaries. Our self-insured liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
 
March 3,
2012

 
February 26, 2011

Accrued liabilities
$
77

 
$
81

Long-term liabilities
47

 
49

Total
$
124

 
$
130


Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured pursuant to tax laws using rates we expect to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect those temporary differences to be recovered or settled. We recognize the effect of a change in income tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the period that includes the enactment date. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

In determining our provision for income taxes, we use an annual effective income tax rate based on annual income, permanent differences between book and tax income, and statutory income tax rates. The effective income tax rate also reflects our assessment of the ultimate outcome of tax audits. We adjust our annual effective income tax rate as additional information on outcomes or events becomes available. Discrete events such as audit settlements or changes in tax laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.

Our income tax returns, like those of most companies, are periodically audited by U.S. federal, state and local and foreign tax authorities. These audits include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. At any one time, multiple tax years are subject to audit by the various tax authorities. In evaluating the tax benefits associated with our various tax filing positions, we record a tax benefit for uncertain tax positions using the highest cumulative tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter, for which we have established a liability, is audited and effectively settled. We adjust our liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the period in which we determine the issue is effectively settled with the tax authorities, the statute of limitations expires for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax position or when more

75

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

information becomes available. We include our liability for unrecognized tax benefits, including accrued penalties and interest, in Accrued income taxes and Long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and in Income tax expense in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Accrued Liabilities

The major components of accrued liabilities at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, were deferred revenue, state and local tax liabilities, rent-related liabilities including accrued real estate taxes, loyalty program liabilities and self-insurance reserves.

Long-Term Liabilities

The major components of long-term liabilities at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, were unrecognized tax benefits, rent-related liabilities, deferred revenue, deferred compensation plan liabilities and self-insurance reserves.

Foreign Currency

Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at our consolidated balance sheet date. For operations reported on a two-month lag, we use the exchange rates in effect two months prior to our consolidated balance sheet date. Results of operations and cash flows are translated using the average exchange rates throughout the period. The effect of exchange rate fluctuations on translation of assets and liabilities is included as a component of shareholders' equity in accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, which are included in SG&A, have not been significant.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue arises primarily from sales of merchandise and services. We also record revenue from sales of extended warranties and other service contracts, commissions earned from various customer subscriptions, fees earned from private label and co-branded credit card agreements and amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling. Revenue excludes sales taxes collected.

We recognize revenue when the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection is reasonably assured and the customer takes possession of the merchandise, or in the case of services, the service has been provided. Revenue is recognized for store sales when the customer receives and pays for the merchandise. For online sales, we defer revenue and the related product costs for shipments that are in-transit to the customer, and recognize revenue at the time the customer receives the product. Online customers typically receive goods within a few days of shipment. Revenue from merchandise sales and services is reported net of sales returns, including an estimate of future returns based on historical return rates, with a corresponding reduction to cost of sales. Our sales returns reserve was $18 and $15, at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively.

We sell extended warranties and other service contracts that typically have terms ranging from three months to four years. We also receive commissions for customer subscriptions with various third parties, notably from mobile phone network operators. In instances where we are deemed to be the obligor on the service contract or subscription, the service and commission revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the service contract or subscription period. In instances where we are not deemed to be the obligor on the service contract or subscription, commissions are recognized in revenue when such commission has been earned, primarily driven by customer activation. Service and commission revenues earned from the sale of extended warranties represented 2.7%, 2.6% and 2.7% of revenue in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

For revenue transactions that involve multiple deliverables, we defer the revenue associated with any undelivered elements. The amount of revenue deferred in connection with the undelivered elements is determined using the relative fair value of each element, which is generally based on each element's relative retail price.

At March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, deferred revenue included within Accrued liabilities and Long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $565 and $499, respectively.

For additional information related to our credit card arrangements, see Credit Services and Financing, below.

For additional information regarding our customer loyalty programs, see Sales Incentives, below.


76

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Gift Cards

We sell gift cards to our customers in our retail stores, through our Web sites and through selected third parties. We do not charge administrative fees on unused gift cards, and our gift cards do not have an expiration date. We recognize revenue from gift cards when: (i) the gift card is redeemed by the customer, or (ii) the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed by the customer is remote ("gift card breakage"), and we determine that we do not have a legal obligation to remit the value of unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdictions. We determine our gift card breakage rate based upon historical redemption patterns. Based on our historical information, the likelihood of a gift card remaining unredeemed can be determined 24 months after the gift card is issued. At that time, we recognize breakage income for those cards for which the likelihood of redemption is deemed remote and we do not have a legal obligation to remit the value of such unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdictions. Gift card breakage income is included in revenue in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Gift card breakage income was as follows in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Gift card breakage income
$
54

 
$
51

 
$
41


Credit Services and Financing

In the U.S., we have private-label and co-branded credit card agreements with banks for the issuance of promotional financing and customer loyalty credit cards bearing the Best Buy brand. Under the agreements, the banks manage and directly extend credit to our customers. Cardholders who choose a private-label credit card can receive low- or zero-interest promotional financing on qualifying purchases.

The banks are the sole owner of the accounts receivable generated under the programs and absorb losses associated with non-payment by the cardholders and fraudulent usage of the accounts. Accordingly, we do not hold any consumer receivables related to these programs. We earn revenue from fees the banks pay to us based on the number of credit card accounts activated and card usage. In accordance with accounting guidance for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, we defer revenue received from cardholder account activations and recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the applicable agreement with the banks. The banks may also reimburse us for certain costs such as tender costs and Reward Zone points associated with our programs. We pay financing fees, which are recognized as a reduction of revenue, to the banks, and these fees are variable based on certain factors such as the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), charge volume and/or the types of promotional financing offers.

We also have similar agreements for the issuance of private-label and/or co-branded credit cards with banks for our businesses in Canada, China and Mexico, which we account for consistent with the U.S. credit card agreements.

In addition to our private-label and co-branded credit cards, we also accept Visa®, MasterCard®, Discover®, JCB® and American Express® credit cards, as well as debit cards from all major international networks.

Sales Incentives

We frequently offer sales incentives that entitle our customers to receive a reduction in the price of a product or service. Sales incentives include discounts, coupons and other offers that entitle a customer to receive a reduction in the price of a product or service either at the point of sale or by submitting a claim for a refund or rebate. For sales incentives issued to a customer in conjunction with a sale of merchandise or services, for which we are the obligor, the reduction in revenue is recognized at the time of sale, based on the retail value of the incentive expected to be redeemed.

Customer Loyalty Programs

We have customer loyalty programs which allow members to earn points for each qualifying purchase. Points earned enable members to receive a certificate that may be redeemed on future purchases at our Best Buy branded stores. There are two ways that members may participate and earn loyalty points.

First, we have customer loyalty programs where members earn points for each purchase. Depending on the customer's membership level within our loyalty program, certificates expire either three or six months from the date of issuance. The retail value of points earned by our loyalty program members is included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time the points are earned, based on the percentage of points that are projected to be redeemed.

77

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Second, under our co-branded credit card agreements with banks, we have a customer loyalty credit card bearing the Best Buy brand. Cardholders earn points for purchases made at our stores and related Web sites in the U.S., as well as purchases at other merchants. Points earned entitle cardholders to receive certificates that may be redeemed on future purchases at our stores and related Web sites. Certificates expire either three or six months from the date of issuance. The retail value of points earned by our cardholders is included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time the points are earned, based on the percentage of points that are projected to be redeemed.

We recognize revenue when: (i) a certificate is redeemed by the customer, (ii) a certificate expires or (iii) the likelihood of a certificate being redeemed by a customer is remote ("certificate breakage"). We determine our certificate breakage rate based upon historical redemption patterns.

Cost of Goods Sold and Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

The following table illustrates the primary costs classified in each major expense category:
Cost of Goods Sold
 
Total cost of products sold including:
 
 
 
Freight expenses associated with moving merchandise inventories from our vendors to our distribution centers;
 
 
 
Vendor allowances that are not a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs to promote a vendor's products; and
 
 
 
Cash discounts on payments to merchandise vendors;
 
Cost of services provided including:
 
 
 
Payroll and benefits costs for services employees; and
 
 
 
Cost of replacement parts and related freight expenses;
 
Physical inventory losses;
 
Markdowns;
 
Customer shipping and handling expenses;
 
Costs associated with operating our distribution network, including payroll and benefit costs, occupancy costs, and depreciation; and
 
Freight expenses associated with moving merchandise inventories from our distribution centers to our retail stores.
SG&A
 
Payroll and benefit costs for retail and corporate employees;
 
Occupancy and maintenance costs of retail, services and corporate facilities;
 
Depreciation and amortization related to retail, services and corporate assets;
 
Advertising costs;
 
Vendor allowances that are a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs to promote a vendor's products;
 
Tender costs, including bank charges and costs associated with credit and debit card interchange fees;
 
Charitable contributions;
 
Outside and outsourced service fees;
 
Long-lived asset impairment charges; and
 
Other administrative costs, such as supplies, and travel and lodging.

Vendor Allowances

We receive funds from vendors for various programs, primarily as reimbursements for costs such as markdowns, margin protection, advertising and sales incentives.

Vendor allowances provided as a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs incurred to promote a vendor's products are included as an expense reduction when the cost is incurred. All other vendor allowances are generally in the form of receipt-based funds or sell-through credits. Receipt-based funds are generally determined based on our level of inventory purchases and initially deferred and recorded as a reduction of merchandise inventories. The deferred amounts are then

78

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

included as a reduction of cost of goods sold when the related product is sold. Sell-through credits are generally based on the number of units we sell over a specified period and are recognized when the related product is sold.

Vendor allowances included in SG&A for reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable costs to promote and sell a vendor's products were $33, $69 and $139 in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. A change in the form of vendor contracts in 2011 has led to a higher proportion of vendor allowances being classified within cost of goods sold.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs, which are included in SG&A, are expensed the first time the advertisement runs. Advertising costs consist primarily of print and television advertisements as well as promotional events. Net advertising expenses were $995, $862 and $709 in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Allowances received from vendors for advertising of $98 in fiscal 2010 were classified as reductions of advertising expenses. As a result of a change in the form of vendor contracts, we received no allowances from vendors for advertising expenses that were deemed specific, incremental and identifiable in fiscal 2012 or fiscal 2011.

Pre-Opening Costs

Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

We apply the fair value recognition provisions of accounting guidance as they relate to our stock-based compensation, which require us to recognize expense for the fair value of our stock-based compensation awards. We recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award (or to an employee's eligible retirement date, if earlier).

New Accounting Standards

Goodwill Impairment — In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance simplifying how to test goodwill for impairment. Under the new guidance, entities may make a qualitative assessment of the likelihood of goodwill impairment in order to determine whether a detailed quantitative analysis is required. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As such, we will adopt the new guidance in our fiscal quarter ending May 5, 2012. We do not believe our adoption of the new guidance will have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Comprehensive Income — In June 2011, the FASB issued new guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income. Specifically, the new guidance requires an entity to present components of net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement, referred to as the statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive statements. The new guidance eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. While the new guidance changes the presentation of comprehensive income, there are no changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income under current accounting guidance. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As such, we will adopt the new guidance in our fiscal quarter ending May 5, 2012.

Fair Value Measurement — In April 2011, the FASB issued new guidance to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This new guidance amends current fair value measurement and disclosure guidance to include increased transparency around valuation inputs and investment categorization. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As such, we will adopt the new guidance in our fiscal quarter ending May 5, 2012. We do not believe our adoption of the new guidance will have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

2.   Profit Share Buy-Out

During fiscal 2008, we entered into a profit-sharing agreement with Carphone Warehouse Group plc ("Carphone Warehouse") (the "profit share agreement"). Under the terms of this agreement, Carphone Warehouse provided expertise and certain other resources to enhance our mobile telephone retail business ("Best Buy Mobile") in return for a share of incremental profits generated in excess of defined thresholds.

79

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

During fiscal 2009, we acquired a 50% controlling interest in the retail business of Carphone Warehouse, subsequently renamed Best Buy Europe Distributions Limited ("Best Buy Europe"), which included the profit share agreement with Best Buy Mobile. Carphone Warehouse holds a 50% noncontrolling interest in Best Buy Europe. Following the acquisition of Best Buy Europe, payments made by Best Buy Mobile to Best Buy Europe were recorded as SG&A expense in Best Buy Mobile (Domestic segment), and an SG&A reduction in Best Buy Europe (International segment). Carphone Warehouse's 50% share of the net earnings of Best Buy Europe, which includes the profit share agreement, is recorded in Net (earnings) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests within our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

In November 2011, we announced strategic changes in respect of Best Buy Europe, including an agreement to buy out Carphone Warehouse's interest in the profit share agreement for $1,303 (the "Mobile buy-out"), subject to the approval of Carphone Warehouse shareholders. The Mobile buy-out was completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.

Financial Reporting Impact of the Mobile Buy-out

We accounted for the Mobile buy-out transaction as a $1,303 payment to terminate the future payments due under the profit share agreement with Best Buy Europe, thereby eliminating Carphone Warehouse's interest in the profits. This payment was presented within Net (earnings) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings, consistent with the financial reporting of the previous recurring payments made pursuant to the profit share agreement. In the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the payment to Carphone Warehouse is included within Payment to noncontrolling interest, as part of cash flows from financing activities.

Goodwill Impairment – Best Buy Europe

The Best Buy Europe reporting unit comprises our 50% controlling interest in Best Buy Europe, which includes the profit share agreement with Best Buy Mobile. Based upon the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Best Buy Europe acquisition in the second quarter of fiscal 2009, we recorded $1,491 of goodwill. The goodwill balance attributable to our Best Buy reporting unit has fluctuated over time as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. No impairment had been recorded through the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2012.

At the time of the announcement of the Mobile buy-out in November 2011, we also announced the closure of our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. As of the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2012 and in light of these strategic decisions, we performed an interim evaluation of potential impairment of goodwill associated with the Best Buy Europe reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit, which reflected the exit plans for our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. and the fair value of the profit share agreement indicated by the Mobile buy-out price agreed upon with Carphone Warehouse, was determined to be in excess of the carrying value of the Best Buy Europe reporting unit as of the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2012. However, if the shareholders of Carphone Warehouse were to approve the Mobile buy-out, we estimated that substantially all of the goodwill associated with the Best Buy Europe reporting unit would be impaired in the absence of forecast cash flows to the reporting unit under the profit share agreement.

On January 24, 2012, the shareholders of Carphone Warehouse approved the Mobile buy-out and thus the transaction became unconditional. We conducted an impairment review of the goodwill associated with the Best Buy Europe reporting unit as of this date. Following the elimination of the profit share agreement from Best Buy Europe and the closure of large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K., the remaining fair value of the Best Buy Europe reporting unit is entirely attributable to its small-format store retail operations. Management determined the fair value of the reporting unit by reference to estimated future cash flows discounted to present value using a discount rate of 9.0%. The reporting unit fair value determined was also corroborated by reference to market data. The fair value determined was less than the carrying value of Best Buy Europe, and therefore further analysis was conducted to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. This included first determining the fair value of all identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities attributable to Best Buy Europe, in a manner consistent with purchase accounting methodology. Once complete, the aggregate fair value of all assets and liabilities was compared to the reporting unit fair value determined, to ascertain the implied fair value of goodwill. Based on this analysis, it was determined that goodwill attributable to the Best Buy Europe reporting unit, representing $1,207 as of January 24, 2012, had been fully impaired. The impairment loss was recorded in the Goodwill impairment line within our Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.


80

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Acceleration of Intervening Event

The results of Best Buy Europe are recorded on a two-month lag. However, as described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Mobile buy-out in January 2012 constituted a significant intervening event. Consequently, the recording of all accounting impacts arising from the Mobile buy-out, including the goodwill impairment, was accelerated and recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 due to their significance to our consolidated financial statements.

3.   Discontinued Operations

During fiscal 2011 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2012, we determined that the aggregate financial results from discontinued operations were not material, and therefore, we did not separately present discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we determined that with the discontinuation of our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K., aggregate discontinued operations were material and would require separate presentation. We therefore commenced discontinued operations presentation during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, and included the results of all operations discontinued during fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011. We did not discontinue any operations during fiscal 2010. The discontinued operations presentation has been retrospectively applied to all prior periods presented.

Discontinued operations comprise the following:

Domestic Segment

Speakeasy – During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we completed the sale of Speakeasy to Covad Communications. Speakeasy's operations primarily comprised internet-based telephony services. In consideration for the sale of Speakeasy, Best Buy received cash consideration and a minority equity interest in the combined operations. We do not exercise significant influence over the combined operations. Based upon the fair value of the consideration received and the carrying value of Speakeasy at closing, we recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of $7 in the second quarter of fiscal 2011.

Napster – During the third quarter of fiscal 2012, we sold certain assets comprising the domestic operations of Napster, Inc. to Rhapsody International and ceased operations in the U.S. Napster's operations comprised digital media download and streaming services in the U.S. In consideration for the sale of these assets, Best Buy received a minority investment in Rhapsody International. We do not exercise significant influence over Rhapsody International.

International Segment

Best Buy China – During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we announced the restructuring of our eight large-format Best Buy branded stores in China. The closure of Best Buy branded stores was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2012. Our fiscal 2011 restructuring activities included plans to restructure the large-format Best Buy branded stores in China.

Best Buy Turkey – During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we announced the closure of our two large-format Best Buy branded stores in Turkey. The exit activities were completed during the second quarter of fiscal 2012, at which time we recorded a $4 pre-tax gain on the sale of certain assets related to the stores.

Best Buy U.K. – During the third quarter of fiscal 2012, we announced the closure of our eleven large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. We completed the exit activities associated with these stores during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.

Belgium – During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, Best Buy Europe sold its retail business in Belgium, consisting of 82 small-format The Phone House stores, to Belgacom S.A. As a result of the sale, a pre-tax gain of $5 was recorded in fiscal 2012.


81

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

The financial results of discontinued operations for fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Revenue
$
411

 
$
525

 
$
451

 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring charges(1)
229

 
75

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from discontinued operations before income tax benefit
(406
)
 
(260
)
 
(134
)
Income tax benefit
89

 
57

 
33

Gain on sale of discontinued operations
9

 
7

 

Income tax benefit on sale

 
8

 

Net loss from discontinued operations including noncontrolling interests
(308
)
 
(188
)
 
(101
)
Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests
134

 
38

 
19

Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc.
$
(174
)
 
$
(150
)
 
$
(82
)
(1)
See Note 7, Restructuring Charges, for further discussion of the restructuring charges associated with discontinued operations.

4.   Acquisitions

mindSHIFT

In December 2011, we acquired 100% of mindSHIFT Technologies, Inc. ("mindSHIFT"), a managed service provider for small- and mid-sized companies, for $175 (or $168 net of cash acquired). The acquisition date was the close of business on December 28, 2011. We have consolidated mindSHIFT in our financial results as part of our Domestic segment from the date of acquisition. We expect the allocation of the purchase price to the acquired assets and liabilities to be finalized in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. Of the $175 final purchase price, $74 was allocated to customer relationships and $91 was allocated to goodwill, with the remaining $10 allocated primarily to working capital and property, plant and equipment. The customer relationships will be amortized over a weighted average period of 15 years. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

We entered into this transaction as mindSHIFT is the leading managed service provider for small and mid-sized business in the U.S. Coupled with our retail, Geek Squad services and Best Buy for Business operations, we anticipate that mindSHIFT will capture a greater share of the small-to-mid-sized managed service provider market.

5.   Investments

Investments were comprised of the following:
 
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

Short-term investments
 
 
 
Money market fund
$

 
$
2

U.S. Treasury bills

 
20

Total short-term investments
$

 
$
22

 
 
 
 
Equity and other investments
 
 
 
Debt securities (auction rate securities)
$
82

 
$
110

Marketable equity securities
3

 
146

Other investments
55

 
72

Total equity and other investments
$
140

 
$
328


Debt Securities

Our debt securities are comprised of ARS. ARS were intended to behave like short-term debt instruments because their interest rates reset periodically through an auction process, most commonly at intervals of seven, 28 and 35 days. The auction process

82

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

had historically provided a means by which we could rollover the investment or sell these securities at par in order to provide us with liquidity as needed. As a result, we classify our investments in ARS as available-for-sale and carry them at fair value.

In February 2008, auctions began to fail due to insufficient buyers, as the amount of securities submitted for sale in auctions exceeded the aggregate amount of the bids. For each failed auction, the interest rate on the security moves to a maximum rate specified for each security, and generally resets at a level higher than specified short-term interest rate benchmarks. To date, we have collected all interest due on our ARS and expect to continue to do so in the future. Due to persistent failed auctions, and the uncertainty of when these investments could be liquidated at par, we have classified all of our investments in ARS as non-current assets within Equity and Other Investments in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 3, 2012.

We sold $27 of ARS at par during fiscal 2012. However, at March 3, 2012, our entire remaining ARS portfolio, consisting of 17 investments in ARS having an aggregate value at par of $88, was subject to failed auctions.

Our ARS portfolio consisted of the following, at fair value:
Description
Nature of collateral or guarantee
 
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

Student loan bonds
Student loans guaranteed 95% to 100% by the U.S. government
 
$
80

 
$
108

Municipal revenue bonds
100% insured by AAA/Aaa-rated bond insurers at March 3, 2012
 
2

 
2

Total fair value plus accrued interest(1)
 
 
$
82

 
$
110

(1)
The par value and weighted-average interest rates (taxable equivalent) of our ARS were $88 and $115 and 0.5% and 0.8%, respectively, at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively.

At March 3, 2012, our ARS portfolio was 88% AAA/Aaa-rated, 3% AA/Aa-rated and 9% A/A-rated.

The investment principal associated with failed auctions will not be accessible until successful auctions occur, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, the issuers establish a different form of financing to replace these securities, or final payments are due according to the contractual maturities of the debt issuances, which range from four to 30 years. We do not intend to sell our remaining ARS until we can recover the full principal amount through one of the means described above. In addition, we do not believe it is more likely than not that we would be required to sell our remaining ARS until we can recover the full principal amount based on our other sources of liquidity.

We evaluated our entire ARS portfolio of $88 (par value) for impairment at March 3, 2012, based primarily on the methodology described in Note 6, Fair Value Measurements. As a result of this review, we determined that the fair value of our ARS portfolio at March 3, 2012, was $82. Accordingly, a $6 pre-tax unrealized loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. This unrealized loss reflects a temporary impairment on all of our investments in ARS. The estimated fair value of our ARS portfolio could change significantly based on future market conditions. We will continue to assess the fair value of our ARS portfolio for substantive changes in relevant market conditions, changes in our financial condition or other changes that may alter our estimates described above.

We may be required to record an additional unrealized holding loss or an impairment charge to earnings if we determine that our ARS portfolio has incurred a further decline in fair value that is temporary or other-than-temporary, respectively. Factors that we consider when assessing our ARS portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment include the duration and severity of the impairment, the reason for the decline in value, the potential recovery period, the nature of the collateral or guarantees in place and our intent and ability to hold an investment.

We had $(3) and $(3) unrealized loss, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively, related to our investments in debt securities.

Marketable Equity Securities

We invest in marketable equity securities and classify them as available-for-sale. Investments in marketable equity securities are classified as non-current assets within Equity and Other Investments in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and are reported at fair value based on quoted market prices.


83

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Our investments in marketable equity securities were as follows:
 
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

Common stock of TalkTalk Telecom Group PLC
$

 
$
62

Common stock of Carphone Warehouse Group plc

 
84

Other
3

 

Total
$
3

 
$
146


We purchased shares of The Carphone Warehouse Group PLC (“CPW”) common stock in fiscal 2008, representing nearly 3% of CPW’s then outstanding shares. In March 2010, CPW demerged into two new holding companies: TalkTalk Telecom Group PLC (“TalkTalk”), which is the holding company for the fixed line voice and broadband telecommunications business of the former CPW, and Carphone Warehouse Group plc, which includes the former CPW’s 50% ownership interest in Best Buy Europe. Accordingly, our investment in CPW was exchanged for equivalent levels of investment in TalkTalk and Carphone Warehouse. In the third quarter of fiscal 2012, we sold our shares of TalkTalk and Carphone Warehouse for $112 ($51 for TalkTalk and $61 for Carphone Warehouse) and recognized a $55 pre-tax gain on the sale.

We review all investments for other-than-temporary impairment at least quarterly or as indicators of impairment exist. Indicators of impairment include the duration and severity of the decline in fair value as well as the intent and ability to hold the investment to allow for a recovery in the market value of the investment. In addition, we consider qualitative factors that include, but are not limited to: (i) the financial condition and business plans of the investee including its future earnings potential, (ii) the investee’s credit rating, and (iii) the current and expected market and industry conditions in which the investee operates. If a decline in the fair value of an investment is deemed by management to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the investment is written down to fair value, and the amount of the write-down is included in net earnings.

All unrealized holding gains or losses related to our investments in marketable equity securities are reflected net of tax in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. Net unrealized gain, net of tax, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $0 and $75 at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively.

Other Investments

The aggregate carrying values of investments accounted for using either the cost method or the equity method at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, were $55 and $72, respectively.

6.   Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. To measure fair value, we use a three-tier valuation hierarchy based upon observable and non-observable inputs:

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for the identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2 — Significant other observable inputs available at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, either directly or indirectly, including:

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in non-active markets;
Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and
Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.

Level 3 — Significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management's estimates of market participant assumptions.


84

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Assets and Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Our assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability. The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, according to the valuation techniques we used to determine their fair values.
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as
 
Fair Value at
March 3, 2012

 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
$
272

 
$
272

 
$

 
$

Other current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds (restricted assets)
119

 
119

 

 

U.S. Treasury bills (restricted assets)
30

 
30

 

 

Foreign currency derivative instruments
1

 

 
1

 

Equity and other investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auction rate securities
82

 

 

 
82

Marketable equity securities
3

 
3

 

 

Other assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketable securities that fund deferred compensation
83

 
83

 

 

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency derivative instruments
2

 

 
2

 

Long-term liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred compensation
62

 
62

 

 



85

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as
 
Fair Value at
February 26, 2011

 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
$
70

 
$
70

 
$

 
$

Short-term investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market fund
2

 

 
2

 

U.S. Treasury bills
20

 
20

 

 

Other current assets


 
 

 
 

 
 

Money market funds (restricted assets)
63

 
63

 

 

U.S. Treasury bills (restricted assets)
105

 
105

 

 

Foreign currency derivative instruments
2

 

 
2

 

Equity and other investments


 
 

 
 

 
 

Auction rate securities
110

 

 

 
110

Marketable equity securities
146

 
146

 

 

Other assets


 
 

 
 

 
 

Marketable securities that fund deferred compensation
83

 
83

 

 

Liabilities


 
 

 
 

 
 

Accrued liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency derivative instruments
1

 

 
1

 

Long-term liabilities


 
 

 
 

 
 

Deferred compensation
64

 
64

 

 

Foreign currency derivative instruments
2

 

 
2

 


The following table provides a reconciliation between the beginning and ending balances of items measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the tables above that used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).
 
Debt securities — Auction rate securities only
 
Student
loan
bonds

 
Municipal
revenue
bonds

 
Total

Balances at February 27, 2010
$
261

 
$
19

 
$
280

Changes in unrealized losses in other comprehensive income
(1
)
 
1

 

Sales
(152
)
 
(18
)
 
(170
)
Balances at February 26, 2011
$
108

 
$
2

 
$
110

Changes in unrealized losses in other comprehensive income
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Sales
(27
)
 

 
(27
)
Balances at March 3, 2012
$
80

 
$
2

 
$
82


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:

Money Market Funds. Our money market fund investments that are traded in an active market were measured at fair value using quoted market prices and, therefore, were classified as Level 1. Our money market fund investments not traded on a regular basis or in an active market, and for which we have been unable to obtain pricing information on an ongoing basis, were measured using inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable for the investments and, therefore, were classified as Level 2.


86

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

U.S. Treasury Bills. Our U.S. Treasury notes were classified as Level 1 as they trade with sufficient frequency and volume to enable us to obtain pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Foreign Currency Derivative Instruments. Comprised primarily of foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency swap contracts, our foreign currency derivative instruments were measured at fair value using readily observable market inputs, such as quotations on forward foreign exchange points and foreign interest rates. Our foreign currency derivative instruments were classified as Level 2 as these instruments are custom, over-the-counter contracts with various bank counterparties that are not traded in an active market.

Auction Rate Securities. Our investments in ARS were classified as Level 3 as quoted prices were unavailable due to events described in Note 5, Investments. Due to limited market information, we utilized a DCF model to derive an estimate of fair value. The assumptions we used in preparing the DCF model included estimates with respect to the amount and timing of future interest and principal payments, forward projections of the interest rate benchmarks, the probability of full repayment of the principal considering the credit quality and guarantees in place, and the rate of return required by investors to own such securities given the current liquidity risk associated with ARS.

Marketable Equity Securities. Our marketable equity securities were measured at fair value using quoted market prices. They were classified as Level 1 as they trade in an active market for which closing stock prices are readily available.

Deferred Compensation. Our deferred compensation liabilities and the assets that fund our deferred compensation consist of investments in mutual funds. These investments were classified as Level 1 as the shares of these mutual funds trade with sufficient frequency and volume to enable us to obtain pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Assets and Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis relate primarily to our tangible fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, which are remeasured when the derived fair value is below carrying value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For these assets, we do not periodically adjust carrying value to fair value except in the event of impairment. When we determine that impairment has occurred, the carrying value of the asset is reduced to fair value and the difference is recorded within Operating income in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

With the exception of the goodwill impairment associated with our Best Buy Europe reporting unit described in Note 2, Profit Share Buy-Out, as well as the fixed asset and tradename impairments associated with our fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 restructuring activities described in Note 7, Restructuring Charges, we had no significant remeasurements of such assets or liabilities to fair value during fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010. The following table summarizes the fair value remeasurments recorded for fiscal 2012 and 2011:
 
Fiscal 2012
 
Fiscal 2011
 
Impairments
 
Remaining Net
Carrying Value
 
Impairments
 
Remaining Net
Carrying Value
Continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill of Best Buy Europe reporting unit
$
1,207

 
$

 
$

 
$

Property and equipment
32

 

 
122

 
49

Total
$
1,239

 
$

 
$
122

 
$
49

Discontinued operations(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property and equipment
$
111

 
$

 
$
25

 
$
2

Tradename
3

 

 
10

 
3

Total
$
114

 
$

 
$
35

 
$
5

(1)
Fixed asset and tradename impairments associated with discontinued operations are recorded within Loss from discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

All of the fair value remeasurments included in the table above were based on significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, as well as Note 2, Profit Share Buy-Out, for further information associated with the goodwill impairment. Fixed asset fair values were derived using a DCF model to estimate the present value of net cash flows that the asset or asset group was expected to generate. The key inputs to the DCF model generally included our forecasts of net cash generated from revenue, expenses and other significant cash outflows, such as capital expenditures, as

87

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

well as an appropriate discount rate. For the tradename, fair value was derived using the relief from royalty method, as described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. In the case of these specific assets, for which their impairment was the result of restructuring activities, no future cash flows have been assumed as the assets will cease to be used and expected sale values are nominal.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments, other than those presented in the disclosures above, include cash, receivables, other investments, accounts payable, other payables and short- and long-term debt. The fair values of cash, receivables, accounts payable, other payables and short-term debt approximated carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Fair values for other investments held at cost are not readily available, but we estimate that the carrying values for these investments approximate fair value. See Note 8, Debt, for information about the fair value of our long-term debt.

7.   Restructuring Charges

Fiscal 2012 Restructuring

In the third quarter of fiscal 2012, we implemented a series of actions to restructure operations in our Domestic and International segments. The actions within our Domestic segment included a decision to modify our strategy for certain mobile broadband offerings, and in our International segment we closed our large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. to refocus our Best Buy Europe strategy on our small-format stores. In addition, we impaired certain information technology ("IT") assets supporting the restructured activities in our International segment. We view these restructuring activities as necessary to meet our long-term financial performance objectives by refocusing our investments on areas that provided profitable growth opportunities and meet our overall return expectations. All restructuring charges directly related to the large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.K. are reported within discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Refer to Note 3, Discontinued Operations.

We incurred $243 of charges related to the fiscal 2012 restructuring during fiscal 2012. Of the total charges, $23 related to our Domestic segment and consisted primarily of IT asset impairments and other related costs. The remaining $220 of charges related to our International segment and consisted primarily property and equipment impairments, facility closure and other costs, employee termination benefits and inventory write-downs.

We do not expect to incur further material restructuring charges related to our fiscal 2012 restructuring activities in either our Domestic or International segments. We expect to substantially complete these restructuring activities in the first half of fiscal 2013.

All restructuring charges from continuing operations related to our fiscal 2012 restructuring activities are presented in Restructuring charges in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings, whereas all restructuring charges from discontinued operations related to our fiscal 2012 restructuring activities are presented in Loss from discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The composition of the restructuring charges we incurred in fiscal 2012 for our fiscal 2012 restructuring activities was as follows:
 
Domestic
 
International
 
Total
Continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
Property and equipment impairments
$
17

 
$
15

 
$
32

Termination benefits
1

 

 
1

Facility closure and other costs
5

 

 
5

Total
23

 
15

 
38

Discontinued operations
 
 
 
 
 
Inventory write-downs

 
11

 
11

Property and equipment impairments

 
96

 
96

Termination benefits

 
16

 
16

Facility closure and other costs

 
82

 
82

Total

 
205

 
205

Total
$
23

 
$
220

 
$
243



88

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

The following table summarizes our restructuring accrual activity during fiscal 2012 related to termination benefits and facility closure and other costs associated with our fiscal 2012 restructuring activities:
 
Termination Benefits
 
Facility
Closure and
Other Costs
 
Total
Balance at February 26, 2011
$

 
$

 
$

Charges
17

 
87

 
104

Cash payments

 

 

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Balance at March 3, 2012
$
17


$
85

 
$
102


Fiscal 2011 Restructuring

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we implemented a series of actions to restructure operations in our Domestic and International segments in order to improve performance and enhance customer service. The restructuring actions included plans to improve supply chain and operational efficiencies in our Domestic segment's operations, primarily focused on modifications to our distribution channels and exit from certain digital delivery services within our entertainment product category. The actions also included plans to exit the Turkey market and restructure the Best Buy branded stores in China. As part of the international restructuring, we also impaired certain IT assets supporting the restructured activities in our International segment. We view these restructuring activities as necessary to meet our long-term growth goals by investing in businesses that have the potential to meet our internal rate of return expectations. All restructuring charges directly related to Turkey and China, as well as the Domestic charges directly related to our exit from certain digital delivery services within our entertainment product category, are reported within discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Refer to Note 3, Discontinued Operations.

We incurred $222 of charges related to the fiscal 2011 restructuring during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. Of the total charges, $50 related to our Domestic segment, primarily for employee termination benefits, property and equipment impairments, intangible asset impairments and inventory write-downs. The remaining $172 of the charges impacted our International segment and related primarily to property and equipment impairments (including the IT assets), inventory write-downs, facility closure and other costs and employee termination benefits.

In fiscal 2012, we incurred an additional $44 of charges related to the fiscal 2011 restructuring activities. Of the total charge, $45 related to our Domestic segment, consisting primarily of property and equipment impairments (notably IT assets), employee termination benefits, intangible asset impairments and other costs associated with the exit from certain digital delivery services within our entertainment product category. Within our Domestic segment, we also incurred additional inventory write-downs as we completed the exit from certain distribution facilities associated with our entertainment product category at the end of fiscal 2012. We do not expect to incur further material restructuring charges related to our fiscal 2011 restructuring activities in fiscal 2013. However, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2012, we sold the previously impaired distribution facility and equipment. Therefore, we will record a reduction in restructuring charges in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 for the amount of gain on sale, thus reducing the cumulative charges under the fiscal 2011 restructuring. The $(1) of net charges in our International segment in fiscal 2012 was the result of employee termination benefits, offset by adjustments to facility closure and other costs from the completion of our exit from the Turkey market and exiting of lease locations in China.


89

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

For continuing operations, the inventory write-downs related to our fiscal 2011 restructuring activities are presented in Restructuring charges — cost of goods sold in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings, and the remainder of the restructuring charges are presented in Restructuring charges in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. However, all restructuring charges from discontinued operations related to our fiscal 2011 restructuring activities are presented in Loss from discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The composition of the restructuring charges we incurred in fiscal 2012 and 2011, as well as the cumulative amount incurred through the end of fiscal 2012, for our fiscal 2011 restructuring activities, was as follows:
 
Domestic
 
International
 
Total
 
Fiscal 2012

 
Fiscal 2011

 
Cumulative Amount

 
Fiscal 2012

 
Fiscal 2011

 
Cumulative Amount

 
Fiscal 2012

 
Fiscal 2011

 
Cumulative Amount

Continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventory write-downs
$
19

 
$
9

 
$
28

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
19

 
$
9

 
$
28

Property and equipment impairments

 
15

 
15

 

 
107

 
107

 

 
122

 
122

Termination benefits
(3
)
 
16

 
13

 

 

 

 
(3
)
 
16

 
13

Facility closure and other costs
4

 

 
4

 

 

 

 
4

 

 
4

Total
20

 
40

 
60

 

 
107

 
107

 
20

 
147

 
167

Discontinued operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventory write-downs

 

 

 

 
15

 
15

 

 
15

 
15

Property and equipment impairments
15

 

 
15

 

 
25

 
25

 
15

 
25

 
40

Termination benefits
4

 

 
4

 
7

 
12

 
19

 
11

 
12

 
23

Intangible asset impairments
3

 
10

 
13

 

 

 

 
3

 
10

 
13

Facility closure and other costs
3

 

 
3

 
(8
)
 
13

 
5

 
(5
)
 
13

 
8

Total
25

 
10

 
35

 
(1
)
 
65

 
64

 
24

 
75

 
99

Total
$
45

 
$
50

 
$
95

 
$
(1
)
 
$
172

 
$
171

 
$
44

 
$
222

 
$
266


The following table summarizes our restructuring accrual activity during fiscal 2012 and 2011 related to termination benefits associated with our fiscal 2011 restructuring activities:
 
Termination Benefits
 
Facility
Closure and
Other Costs(1)
 
Total
Balance at February 27, 2010
$

 
$

 
$

Charges
28

 
13

 
41

Cash payments

 

 

Balance at February 26, 2011
28

 
13

 
41

Charges
11

 
6

 
17

Cash payments
(33
)
 
(14
)
 
(47
)
Adjustments
(3
)
 
4

 
1

Balance at March 3, 2012
$
3

 
$
9

 
$
12

(1)
Included within the facility closure and other costs adjustments is $10 from the first quarter of fiscal 2012, representing an adjustment to exclude non-cash charges or benefits, which had no impact on our Consolidated Statements of Earnings in fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2010 Restructuring

In April 2009, we updated our Domestic store operating model, which included eliminating certain positions. In addition, in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we incurred restructuring charges related to employee termination benefits and business reorganization costs at Best Buy Europe within our International segment. As a result of our restructuring efforts, we recorded charges of $52 in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.


90

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

All charges related to our fiscal 2010 restructuring activities are related to continuing operations and are presented in Restructuring charges in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The composition of the restructuring charges we incurred in fiscal 2010 for our fiscal 2010 restructuring activities was as follows:
 
Domestic

 
International

 
Total

Termination benefits
$
25

 
$
26

 
$
51

Facility closure costs

 
1

 
1

Total
$
25

 
$
27

 
$
52


The following table summarizes our restructuring accrual activity during fiscal 2011 related to termination benefits and facility closure costs associated with our fiscal 2010 restructuring activities:
 
Termination
Benefits

 
Facility
Closure Costs

 
Total

Balance at February 27, 2010
$
8

 
$
1

 
$
9

Charges

 

 

Cash payments
(8
)
 
(1
)
 
(9
)
Balance at February 26, 2011
$

 
$

 
$


8.   Debt

Short-Term Debt

Short-term debt consisted of the following:
 
March 3, 2012
 
February 26, 2011
 
Principal
Balance

 
Interest
Rate

 
Principal
Balance

 
Interest
Rate

U.S. revolving credit facility – 364-day
$

 
%
 
$

 
%
U.S. revolving credit facility – five-year

 
%
 

 
%
Europe revolving credit facility
480

 
2.4
%
 

 
%
Europe receivables financing facility

 
%
 
455

 
3.7
%
Old Europe revolving credit facility

 
%
 
98

 
3.6
%
Canada revolving demand facility

 
%
 

 
%
China revolving demand facilities

 
%
 
4

 
4.8
%
Total short-term debt
$
480

 
 

 
$
557

 
 

 
Fiscal Year
2012

 
2011

Maximum month-end outstanding during the year
$
480

 
$
690

Average amount outstanding during the year
$
337

 
$
383

Weighted-average interest rate at year-end
2.4
%
 
3.7
%

U.S. Revolving Credit Facilities

In October 2011, Best Buy Co., Inc. entered into a $1,000 364-day senior unsecured revolving credit facility agreement (the “364-Day Facility Agreement”) and a $1,500 five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility agreement (the “Five-Year Facility Agreement” and, collectively the “Agreements”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as administrative agent, and a syndicate of banks. The Agreements replaced the $2,300 senior unsecured revolving credit facility, as amended (the “Credit Facility”), with a syndicate of banks, including JPMorgan acting as administrative agent. The Credit Facility was originally scheduled to expire in September 2012. At March 3, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding and $2,453 was available under the Agreements.


91

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

The Agreements permit borrowings of up to $2,500 (which may be increased to up to $3,000 at our option under certain circumstances) and a $300 letter of credit sublimit. The 364-Day Facility Agreement and Five-Year Facility Agreement terminate in October 2012 (subject to a one-year term-out option) and October 2016, respectively.

Interest rates under the Agreements are variable and are determined at our option as: (i) the sum of (a) the greatest of JPMorgan's prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, or the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.0% and (b) a margin (the “ABR Margin”) or (ii) the LIBOR plus a margin (the “LIBOR Margin”). In addition, a facility fee is assessed on the commitment amount. The ABR Margin, LIBOR Margin and the facility fee are based upon our current senior unsecured debt rating. Under the 364-Day Facility Agreement, the ABR Margin ranges from 0.0% to 0.525%, the LIBOR Margin ranges from 0.925% to 1.525%, and the facility fee ranges from 0.075% to 0.225%. Under the Five-Year Facility Agreement, the ABR Margin ranges from 0.0% to 0.475%, the LIBOR Margin ranges from 0.875% to 1.475%, and the facility fee ranges from 0.125% to 0.275%.

The Agreements are guaranteed by specified subsidiaries of Best Buy Co., Inc. and contain customary affirmative and negative covenants. Among other things, these covenants restrict Best Buy Co., Inc. and its subsidiaries' ability to incur certain types or amounts of indebtedness, incur liens on certain assets, make material changes in corporate structure or the nature of its business, dispose of material assets, engage in a change in control transaction, make certain foreign investments, enter into certain restrictive agreements, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The Agreements also contain covenants that require the maintenance of a maximum quarterly cash flow leverage ratio and a minimum quarterly interest coverage ratio. The Agreements contain customary default provisions including, but not limited to, failure to pay interest or principal when due and failure to comply with covenants. We were in compliance with all such covenants at March 3, 2012.

Europe Revolving Credit Facility

In July 2011, Best Buy Europe entered into a new £400 ($618 based on the exchange rate in effect as of the end of fiscal 2012) unsecured revolving credit facility agreement (the “RCF”) with ING Bank N.V., London Branch, as agent, and a syndicate of banks to finance its working capital needs. The RCF expires in July 2015. Best Buy Europe had £310 ($480) of borrowings under the RCF at March 3, 2012.

Interest rates under the RCF are variable, based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin based on Best Buy Europe’s fixed charges coverage ratio. The RCF includes a commitment fee of 40% of the applicable margin on unused available capacity, as well as a utilization fee ranging from 0.0% to 0.5% of the aggregate amount outstanding based on the percentage of the aggregate amount outstanding to the total RCF. The RCF also required an initial arrangement fee of 0.75%.

The RCF is guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of Best Buy Europe and does not provide for any recourse to Best Buy Co., Inc. The RCF contains customary affirmative and negative covenants. Among other things, these covenants restrict or prohibit Best Buy Europe’s ability to incur certain types or amounts of indebtedness, make material changes in the nature of its business, dispose of material assets, make guarantees, or engage in a change in control transaction. The RCF also contains covenants that require Best Buy Europe to comply with a maximum annual leverage ratio and a maximum fixed charges coverage ratio.

The RCF replaced the previous £350 Europe receivables financing facility (the “ERF”) between a subsidiary of Best Buy Europe and a syndicate of banks, including Barclays Bank PLC acting as administrative agent. The ERF was originally scheduled to expire in July 2012. The RCF also replaced Best Buy Europe’s previous £125 revolving credit facility (the “Old RCF”) with one of Best Buy Co., Inc.’s subsidiaries and Carphone Warehouse as lenders. The Old RCF was originally scheduled to expire in March 2013.

Canada Revolving Demand Facility

We have a $51 revolving demand facility available to our Canada operations including an additional seasonal facility of $50 Canadian dollars that is available from September through December of each year. There were no borrowings outstanding under the facility at March 3, 2012. There is no set expiration date for the facility. All borrowings under the facility are made available at the sole discretion of the lender and are payable on demand. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at rates specified in the credit agreement for the facility. Borrowings are secured by a guarantee of Best Buy Co., Inc.

China Revolving Demand Facilities

We have $126 in revolving demand facilities available to our China operations, of which no borrowings were outstanding at March 3, 2012. The facilities are renewed annually with the respective banks. All borrowings under these facilities bear interest

92

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

at rates specified in the related credit agreements, are made available at the sole discretion of the respective lenders and are payable on demand. Certain of these facilities are secured by a guarantee of Best Buy Co., Inc.

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:
 
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

2013 Notes
$
500

 
$
500

2016 Notes
349

 

2021 Notes
648

 

Convertible debentures

 
402

Financing lease obligations, due 2013 to 2026, interest rates ranging from 3.0% to 8.1%
149

 
170

Capital lease obligations, due 2013 to 2035, interest rates ranging from 2.1% to 8.3%
81

 
79

Other debt, due 2018 to 2022, interest rates ranging from 2.6% to 6.7%
1

 
1

Total long-term debt
$
1,728

 
$
1,152

Less: current portion(1)
(43
)
 
(441
)
Total long-term debt, less current portion
$
1,685

 
$
711

(1)
Since holders of our convertible debentures could have required us to purchase all or a portion of the debentures on January 15, 2012, we classified the $402 for such debentures in the current portion of long-term debt at February 26, 2011.

2013 Notes

In June 2008, we sold $500 principal amount of notes due July 15, 2013 (the "2013 Notes"). The 2013 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.75% per year, payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning January 15, 2009. The interest payable on the 2013 Notes is subject to adjustment if either Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Ratings Services downgrades the rating assigned to the 2013 Notes to below investment grade. Net proceeds from the sale of the 2013 Notes were $496, after an initial issuance discount of $1 and other transaction costs.

We may redeem some or all of the 2013 Notes at any time, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2013 Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and an applicable make-whole amount as described in the indenture relating to the 2013 Notes. Furthermore, if a change of control triggering event occurs, we will be required to offer to purchase the remaining unredeemed Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.

The 2013 Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The 2013 Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our North American subsidiaries to incur debt secured by liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions and, in the case of such subsidiaries, incur unsecured debt.

2016 and 2021 Notes

In March 2011, we issued $350 principal amount of notes due March 15, 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) and $650 principal amount of notes due March 15, 2021 (the “2021 Notes” and, together with the 2016 Notes, the “Notes”). The 2016 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.75% per year, while the 2021 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.50% per year. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning September 15, 2011. The Notes were issued at a slight discount to par, which when coupled with underwriting discounts of $6, resulted in net proceeds from the sale of the Notes of $990.

We may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of each remaining scheduled payment of principal and interest on the Notes redeemed discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Notes to the redemption date as described in the indenture (including the supplemental indenture) relating to the Notes. Furthermore, if a change of control triggering event occurs, we will be required to offer to purchase the remaining unredeemed Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.

93

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

The Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur debt secured by liens or to enter into sale and lease-back transactions.

Convertible Debentures

In January 2002, we sold 2.25% convertible subordinated debentures due January 15, 2022, having an aggregate principal amount of $402. During fiscal 2012, we repurchased and redeemed all of the remaining outstanding convertible debentures subject to the terms and conditions of the indenture governing the convertible debentures.

Other

The fair value of long-term debt approximated $1,756 and $1,210 at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively, based primarily on the ask prices quoted from external sources, compared to carrying values of $1,728 and $1,152, respectively.

At March 3, 2012, the future maturities of long-term debt, including capitalized leases, consisted of the following:
Fiscal Year
 
2013
$
40

2014
542

2015
40

2016
32

2017
369

Thereafter
705

Total long-term debt
$
1,728


9.   Derivative Instruments

We manage our economic and transaction exposure to certain market-based risks through the use of foreign currency derivative instruments. Our objective in holding derivatives is to reduce the volatility of net earnings and cash flows associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

We record all foreign currency derivative instruments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value and evaluate hedge effectiveness prospectively and retrospectively when electing to apply hedge accounting treatment. We formally document all hedging relationships at inception for all derivative hedges and the underlying hedged items, as well as the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions. In addition, we have derivatives which are not designated as hedging instruments. We have no derivatives that have credit risk-related contingent features, and we mitigate our credit risk by engaging with major financial institutions as our counterparties.

Cash Flow Hedges

We enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on certain revenue streams denominated in non-functional currencies. The contracts have terms of up to two years. We report the effective portion of the gain or loss on a cash flow hedge as a component of other comprehensive income, and it is subsequently reclassified into net earnings in the period in which the hedged transaction affects net earnings or the forecasted transaction is no longer probable of occurring. We discontinued certain cash flow hedges and reclassified $5 into net earnings during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, as the forecasted transactions were no longer probable of occurring. We report the ineffective portion, if any, of the gain or loss in net earnings.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments include foreign exchange forward contracts used to manage the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates relative to recognized receivable and payable balances denominated in non-functional currencies and on certain forecasted inventory purchases denominated in non-functional currencies. The contracts generally have terms of up to six months. These derivative instruments are not designated in hedging relationships and, therefore, we record gains and losses on these contracts directly in net earnings.

94

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Summary of Derivative Balances

The following table presents the gross fair values for derivative instruments and the corresponding classification at March 3, 2012 and February 26, 2011:
 
March 3, 2012
 
February 26, 2011
Contract Type
Assets

 
Liabilities

 
Assets

 
Liabilities

Cash flow hedges (foreign exchange forward contracts)
$

 
$

 
$
1

 
$
(2
)
No hedge designation (foreign exchange forward contracts)
1

 
(2
)
 
2

 
(2
)
Total
$
1

 
$
(2
)
 
$
3

 
$
(4
)

The following tables present the effects of derivative instruments on other comprehensive income ("OCI") and on our Consolidated Statements of Earnings for fiscal 2012 and 2011:
 
2012
 
2011
Contract Type
Pre-tax Gain
Recognized
in OCI(1)

 
Gain Reclassified from Accumulated OCI to Earnings (Effective Portion)(2)

 
Pre-tax Gain
Recognized
in OCI(1)

 
Gain Reclassified from Accumulated OCI to Earnings (Effective Portion)(2)

Cash flow hedges (foreign exchange forward contracts)
$
7

 
$
5

 
$
9

 
$
12

Net investment hedges (foreign exchange swap contracts)

 

 
8

 

Total
$
7

 
$
5

 
$
17

 
$
12

(1)
Reflects the amount recognized in OCI prior to the reclassification of 50% to noncontrolling interests for the cash flow and net investment hedges, respectively.
(2)
Gain reclassified from accumulated OCI is included within Selling, general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

The following table presents the effects of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments on our Consolidated Statements of Earnings for fiscal 2012 and 2011:
 
Gain Recognized
within SG&A
Contract Type
2012

 
2011

No hedge designation (foreign exchange forward contracts)
$
5

 
$
13


The following table presents the notional amounts of our foreign currency exchange contracts at March 3, 2012 and February 26, 2011:
 
Notional Amount
Contract Type
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments
$

 
$
264

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
238

 
493

Total
$
238

 
$
757


10.   Shareholders' Equity

Stock Compensation Plans

Our 2004 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, as amended (the "Omnibus Plan"), authorizes us to grant or issue non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, share awards and other equity awards up to a total of 64.5 million shares. We have not granted incentive stock options under the Omnibus Plan. Under the terms of the Omnibus Plan, awards may be granted to our employees, officers, advisors, consultants and directors. Awards issued under the Omnibus Plan vest as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of our Board of Directors at the time of grant. At March 3, 2012, a total of 22.7 million shares were available for future grants under the Omnibus Plan.

95

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Upon adoption and approval of the Omnibus Plan, all of our previous equity incentive compensation plans were terminated. However, existing awards under those plans continued to vest in accordance with the original vesting schedule and will expire at the end of their original term.

Our outstanding stock options have a 10-year term. Outstanding stock options issued to employees generally vest over a four-year period, and outstanding stock options issued to directors vest immediately upon grant. Share awards vest based either upon attainment of specified goals or upon continued employment. Outstanding share awards that are not time-based typically vest at the end of a three-year incentive period based either upon our total shareholder return ("TSR") compared to the TSR of companies that comprise Standard & Poor's 500 Index or growth in our common stock price ("market-based"), or upon the achievement of company or personal performance goals ("performance-based"). We have time-based share awards that vest in their entirety at the end of three- and four-year periods and time-based share awards where 25% of the award vests on the date of grant and 25% vests on each of the three anniversary dates thereafter.

Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permitted and our 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits our employees to purchase our common stock at a 15% discount from the market price of the stock at the beginning or at the end of a semi-annual purchase period, whichever is less.

Stock-based compensation expense was as follows in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Stock options
$
76

 
$
90

 
$
85

Share awards
 
 
 
 
 
Market-based

 
4

 
8

Performance-based

 
(1
)
 
1

Time-based
33

 
16

 
10

Employee stock purchase plans
11

 
12

 
14

Total
$
120

 
$
121

 
$
118


Stock Options

Stock option activity was as follows in fiscal 2012:
 
Stock
Options

 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
per Share

 
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)

 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

Outstanding at February 26, 2011
35,587,000

 
$
38.97

 
 

 
 

Granted
3,973,000

 
27.50

 
 

 
 

Exercised
(1,126,000
)
 
24.61

 
 

 
 

Forfeited/Canceled
(2,633,000
)
 
39.87

 
 

 
 

Outstanding at March 3, 2012
35,801,000

 
$
38.08

 
5.9

 
$
4

Vested or expected to vest at March 3, 2012
34,099,000

 
$
38.36

 
5.8

 
$
4

Exercisable at March 3, 2012
24,403,000

 
$
40.21

 
4.8

 
$
4


The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $7.94, $11.97 and $12.69, respectively, per share. The aggregate intrinsic value of our stock options (the amount by which the market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded the exercise price of the option) exercised during fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, was $6, $52 and $28, respectively. At March 3, 2012, there was $83 of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.3 years.

Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $27, $134 and $96 in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The actual income tax benefit realized from stock option exercises was $2, $19 and $10, in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.


96

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

In fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, we estimated the fair value of each stock option on the date of grant using a lattice model with the following assumptions:
Valuation Assumptions(1)
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Risk-free interest rate(2)
0.1% – 3.6%

 
0.2% – 3.9%

 
0.2% – 3.8%

Expected dividend yield
2.3
%
 
1.5
%
 
1.6
%
Expected stock price volatility(3)
37
%
 
36
%
 
42
%
Expected life of stock options (in years)(4)
6.2

 
6.1

 
6.1

(1)
Forfeitures are estimated using historical experience and projected employee turnover.
(2)
Based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturity interest rate whose term is consistent with the expected life of our stock options.
(3)
We use an outside valuation advisor to assist us in projecting expected stock price volatility. We consider both the historical volatility of our stock price as well as implied volatilities from exchange-traded options on our stock.
(4)
We estimate the expected life of stock options based upon historical experience.

Market-Based Share Awards

The fair value of market-based share awards is determined based on generally accepted valuation techniques and the closing market price of our stock on the date of grant. A summary of the status of our nonvested market-based share awards at March 3, 2012, and changes during fiscal 2012, is as follows:
Market-Based Share Awards
Shares

 
Weighted-Average Fair Value per Share

Outstanding at February 26, 2011
193,000

 
$
52.19

Granted

 

Vested

 

Forfeited/Canceled
(193,000
)
 
52.19

Outstanding at March 3, 2012

 
$


We recognize expense for market-based share awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period (or to an employee's eligible retirement date, if earlier). At March 3, 2012, compensation expense had been fully recognized.

Performance-Based Share Awards

The fair value of performance-based share awards is determined based on the closing market price of our stock on the date of grant. A summary of the status of our nonvested performance-based share awards at March 3, 2012, and changes during fiscal 2012, is as follows:
Performance-Based Share Awards
Shares

 
Weighted-Average Fair Value per Share

Outstanding at February 26, 2011
2,179,000

 
$
41.64

Granted

 

Vested
(2,000
)
 
44.94

Forfeited/Canceled
(1,265,000
)
 
41.96

Outstanding at March 3, 2012
912,000

 
$
41.20


At March 3, 2012, there was no compensation expense related to nonvested performance-based share awards that we expect to recognize.


97

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Time-Based Share Awards

The fair value of time-based share awards is determined based on the closing market price of our stock on the date of grant. A summary of the status of our nonvested time-based share awards at March 3, 2012, and changes during fiscal 2012, is as follows:
Time-Based Share Awards
Shares

 
Weighted-Average Fair Value per Share

Outstanding at February 26, 2011
2,171,000

 
$
36.60

Granted
2,647,000

 
25.65

Vested
(665,000
)
 
35.01

Forfeited/Canceled
(229,000
)
 
33.55

Outstanding at March 3, 2012
3,924,000

 
$
29.63


At March 3, 2012, there was $80 of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested time-based share awards that we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

In fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, we estimated the fair value of stock-based compensation expense associated with our employee stock purchase plans on the purchase date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model, with the following assumptions:
Valuation Assumptions
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Risk-free interest rate(1)
0.1
%
 
0.2
%
 
0.3
%
Expected dividend yield
2.4
%
 
1.4
%
 
1.5
%
Expected stock price volatility(2)
38
%
 
29
%
 
53
%
Expected life of employee stock purchase plan options (in months)(3)
6

 
6

 
6

(1)
Based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturity interest rate whose term is consistent with the expected life of employee stock purchase plan shares.
(2)
We consider both the historical volatility of our stock price as well as implied volatilities from exchange-traded options on our stock.
(3)
Based on semi-annual purchase period.

In fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, 1.4 million, 1.3 million and 1.2 million shares, respectively, were purchased through our employee stock purchase plans. The weighted-average fair values of shares purchased pursuant to the plans during fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, were $6.76, $9.54 and $11.34, respectively. At March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, plan participants had accumulated $11 and $19, respectively, to purchase our common stock pursuant to these plans.

Earnings per Share

We compute our basic earnings per share based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, and our diluted earnings per share based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding adjusted by the number of additional shares that would have been outstanding had the potentially dilutive common shares been issued. Potentially dilutive securities include stock options, nonvested share awards and shares issuable under our employee stock purchase plan, as well as common shares that would have resulted from the assumed conversion of our convertible debentures. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we repurchased and redeemed all of the remaining outstanding convertible debentures (see Note 8, Debt). Since the potentially dilutive shares related to the convertible debentures are included in the computation, the related interest expense, net of tax, is added back to net earnings, as the interest would not have been paid if the convertible debentures had been converted to common stock. Nonvested market-based share awards and nonvested performance-based share awards are included in the average diluted shares outstanding each period if established market or performance criteria have been met at the end of the respective periods.


98

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

At March 3, 2012, options to purchase 35.8 million shares of common stock were outstanding as follows (shares in millions):
 
Exercisable
 
Unexercisable
 
Total
 
Shares

 
%

 
Weighted-
Average Price
per Share

 
Shares

 
%

 
Weighted-
Average Price
per Share

 
Shares

 
%

 
Weighted-
Average Price
per Share

In-the-money
3.6

 
15
%
 
$
25.28

 
2.8

 
25
%
 
$
25.07

 
6.4

 
18
%
 
$
25.19

Out-of-the-money
20.8

 
85
%
 
42.81

 
8.6

 
75
%
 
36.30

 
29.4

 
82
%
 
40.91

Total
24.4

 
100
%
 
$
40.21

 
11.4

 
100
%
 
$
27.30

 
35.8

 
100
%
 
$
38.08


The computation of dilutive shares outstanding excludes the out-of-the-money stock options because such outstanding options' exercise prices were greater than the average market price of our common shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive (i.e., including such options would result in higher earnings per share).

The following table presents a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of basic and diluted earnings per share in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
2012(1)

 
2011

 
2010

Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings from continuing operations
$
330

 
$
1,554

 
$
1,495

Net (earnings) from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests
(1,387
)
 
(127
)
 
(96
)
Net (loss) earnings from continuing operations attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc., basic
(1,057
)
 
1,427

 
1,399

Adjustment for assumed dilution:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on convertible debentures due in 2022, net of tax

 
6

 
6

Net (loss) earnings from continuing operations attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc., diluted
$
(1,057
)
 
$
1,433

 
$
1,405

Denominator (in millions):
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
366.3

 
406.1

 
416.8

Effect of potentially dilutive securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Shares from assumed conversion of convertible debentures

 
8.8

 
8.8

Stock options and other

 
1.6

 
1.9

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution
366.3

 
416.5

 
427.5

Net (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
(2.89
)
 
$
3.51

 
$
3.36

Diluted
$
(2.89
)
 
$
3.44

 
$
3.29

(1)
The calculation of diluted (loss) per share for fiscal 2012 does not include potentially dilutive securities because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive (i.e., reduce the net loss per share).

Repurchase of Common Stock

In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized a new $5,000 share repurchase program. The June 2011 program terminated and replaced our prior $5,500 share repurchase program authorized in June 2007. There is no expiration date governing the period over which we can repurchase shares under the June 2011 share repurchase program.


99

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

The following table presents the amount and cost of shares we repurchased and retired in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010 under the June 2011 program and the June 2007 program (shares in millions):
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

June 2011 Program
 
 
 
 
 
Total number of shares repurchased
34.5

 

 

Total cost of shares repurchased
$
889

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
June 2007 Program
 
 
 
 
 
Total number of shares repurchased
20.1

 
32.6

 

Total cost of shares repurchased
$
611

 
$
1,193

 
$


At March 3, 2012, $4,111 remained available for additional purchases under the June 2011 share repurchase program. Repurchased shares have been retired and constitute authorized but unissued shares.

Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Comprehensive (loss) income is computed as net (loss) earnings plus certain other items that are recorded directly to shareholders' equity. In addition to net (loss) earnings, the significant components of comprehensive (loss) income include foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, on available-for-sale marketable equity securities and on derivative instruments. Foreign currency translation adjustments do not include a provision for income tax expense when earnings from foreign operations are considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S.

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. was $(1,314), $1,410 and $1,674 in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, were as follows:
 
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

Foreign currency translation
$
93

 
$
102

Unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale investments
(3
)
 
72

Unrealized losses on derivative instruments (cash flow hedges)

 
(1
)
Total
$
90

 
$
173


11.   Leases

The composition of net rent expense for all operating leases, including leases of property and equipment, was as follows in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Minimum rentals
$
1,192

 
$
1,141

 
$
1,111

Contingent rentals
2

 
2

 
2

Total rent expense
1,194

 
1,143

 
1,113

Less: sublease income
(19
)
 
(19
)
 
(20
)
Net rent expense
$
1,175

 
$
1,124

 
$
1,093



100

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

The future minimum lease payments under our capital, financing and operating leases by fiscal year (not including contingent rentals) at March 3, 2012, were as follows:
Fiscal Year
Capital
Leases

 
Financing
Leases

 
Operating
Leases

2013
$
21

 
$
32

 
$
1,216

2014
21

 
31

 
1,154

2015
18

 
29

 
1,063

2016
10

 
25

 
940

2017
3

 
20

 
792

Thereafter
23

 
43

 
2,352

Subtotal
96

 
180

 
$
7,517

Less: imputed interest
(15
)
 
(31
)
 
 

Present value
$
81

 
$
149

 
 


Total minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rent income of approximately $121 due under future noncancelable subleases.

During fiscal 2012 and 2011, we entered into agreements totaling $18 and $52, respectively, related to various IT equipment leases.

12.    Benefit Plans

We sponsor retirement savings plans for employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. Participants may choose from various investment options including a fund comprised of our company stock. Participants can contribute up to 50% of their eligible compensation annually as defined by the plan document, subject to Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") limitations. We match 100% of the first 3% of participating employees' contributions and 50% of the next 2%. Employer contributions vest immediately. The total employer contributions were $69, $69 and $62 in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We have a non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for highly compensated employees and members of our Board of Directors. Amounts contributed and deferred under our deferred compensation plan are credited or charged with the performance of investment options offered under the plan and elected by the participants. In the event of bankruptcy, the assets of the plan are available to satisfy the claims of general creditors. The liability for compensation deferred under the plan was $62 and $64 at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively, and is included in long-term liabilities. We manage the risk of changes in the fair value of the liability for deferred compensation by electing to match our liability under the plan with investment vehicles that offset a substantial portion of our exposure. The cash value of the investment vehicles, which includes funding for future deferrals, was $83 and $83 at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively, and is included in other assets. Both the asset and the liability are carried at fair value.

13.   Income Taxes

The following is a reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to income tax expense in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Federal income tax at the statutory rate
$
365

 
$
816

 
$
815

State income taxes, net of federal benefit
45

 
46

 
68

Benefit from foreign operations
(96
)
 
(86
)
 
(54
)
Non-taxable interest income

 

 
(1
)
Other

 
3

 
7

Goodwill impairment
395

 

 

Income tax expense
$
709

 
$
779

 
$
835

Effective income tax rate
68.0
%
 
33.4
%
 
35.9
%


101

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense and equity in (loss) income of affiliates by jurisdiction was as follows in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

United States
$
1,537

 
$
1,739

 
$
1,944

Outside the United States
(494
)
 
592

 
385

Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense and equity in (loss) income of affiliates
$
1,043

 
$
2,331

 
$
2,329


Income tax expense was comprised of the following in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Current:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
447

 
$
735

 
$
686

State
61

 
73

 
116

Foreign
173

 
105

 
63

 
681

 
913

 
865

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
94

 
(113
)
 
(13
)
State
1

 
(2
)
 
(11
)
Foreign
(67
)
 
(19
)
 
(6
)
 
28

 
(134
)
 
(30
)
Income tax expense
$
709

 
$
779

 
$
835


Deferred taxes are the result of differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities were comprised of the following:
 
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

Accrued property expenses
$
146

 
$
154

Other accrued expenses
108

 
122

Deferred revenue
128

 
141

Compensation and benefits
103

 
86

Stock-based compensation
157

 
137

Loss and credit carryforwards
310

 
303

Other
121

 
125

Total deferred tax assets
1,073

 
1,068

Valuation allowance
(204
)
 
(212
)
Total deferred tax assets after valuation allowance
869

 
856

Property and equipment
(376
)
 
(316
)
Convertible debt

 
(79
)
Goodwill and intangibles
(118
)
 
(123
)
Inventory
(85
)
 
(25
)
Other
(27
)
 
(22
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(606
)
 
(565
)
Net deferred tax assets
$
263

 
$
291



102

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
 
March 3,
2012

 
February 26,
2011

Other current assets
$
226

 
$
261

Other assets
53

 
98

Other long-term liabilities
(16
)
 
(68
)
Net deferred tax assets
$
263

 
$
291


At March 3, 2012, we had total net operating loss carryforwards from international operations of $223, of which $99 will expire in various years through 2027 and the remaining amounts have no expiration. Additionally, we had acquired U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $29 which expire between 2021 and 2030, and U.S. federal foreign tax credits of $58 which expire between 2015 and 2022.

At March 3, 2012, a valuation allowance of $204 had been established against certain international net operating loss carryforwards and other international deferred tax assets. The $8 decrease from February 26, 2011, is primarily due to valuation allowances on disposed operations, partially offset by valuation allowances arising in fiscal 2012.

We have not provided deferred taxes on unremitted earnings attributable to foreign operations that have been considered to be reinvested indefinitely. These earnings relate to ongoing operations and were $2,232 at March 3, 2012. It is not practicable to determine the income tax liability that would be payable if such earnings were not indefinitely reinvested.

The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in unrecognized tax benefits for fiscal 2012 and 2011:
Balance at February 27, 2010
$
393

Gross increases related to prior period tax positions
36

Gross decreases related to prior period tax positions
(90
)
Gross increases related to current period tax positions
40

Settlements with taxing authorities

Lapse of statute of limitations
(20
)
Balance at February 26, 2011
$
359

Gross increases related to prior period tax positions
69

Gross decreases related to prior period tax positions
(35
)
Gross increases related to current period tax positions
43

Settlements with taxing authorities
(20
)
Lapse of statute of limitations
(29
)
Balance at March 3, 2012
$
387


Unrecognized tax benefits of $239 and $233 at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively, would favorably impact our effective income tax rate if recognized.

We recognize interest and penalties (not included in the "unrecognized tax benefits" above), as well as interest received from favorable tax settlements, as components of income tax expense. No interest expense was recognized in fiscal 2012. At March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, we had accrued interest of $79 and $84, respectively. No penalties were recognized in fiscal 2012 or accrued for at March 3, 2012, and February 26, 2011, respectively.

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as income tax returns in various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before fiscal 2004.

Because existing tax positions will continue to generate increased liabilities for us for unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months, and since we are routinely under audit by various taxing authorities, it is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change during the next 12 months. An estimate of the amount or range of such change cannot be made at this time. However, we do not expect the change, if any, to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows within the next 12 months.

103

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

14.   Segment and Geographic Information

Segment Information

Our chief operating decision maker ("CODM") is our Chief Executive Officer. Our business is organized into two segments: Domestic (which is comprised of all operations within the United States and its territories) and International (which is comprised of all operations outside the United States and its territories). Our CODM has ultimate responsibility for enterprise decisions. Our CODM determines, in particular, resource allocation for, and monitors performance of, the consolidated enterprise, the Domestic segment and the International segment. Segment managers for the Domestic segment and the International segment have full responsibility for setting strategy, making operating decisions, allocating resources and assessing performance within their respective segments. Our CODM does not make operating or other decisions below the segment levels. Our CODM relies on internal management reporting that analyzes enterprise and segment results to the operating income level.

We do not aggregate our operating segments, so our operating segments also represent our reportable segments. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

The following tables present our business segment information in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
$
37,615

 
$
37,070

 
$
37,138

International
13,090

 
12,677

 
12,105

Total revenue
$
50,705

 
$
49,747

 
$
49,243

Percentage of revenue, by revenue category
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic:
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Electronics
36
%
 
37
%
 
39
%
Computing and Mobile Phones(1)
40
%
 
37
%
 
34
%
Entertainment
12
%
 
14
%
 
16
%
Appliances
5
%
 
5
%
 
4
%
Services
6
%
 
6
%
 
6
%
Other
1
%
 
1
%
 
1
%
Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
International:
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Electronics
20
%
 
20
%
 
20
%
Computing and Mobile Phones(1)
56
%
 
55
%
 
52
%
Entertainment
5
%
 
6
%
 
7
%
Appliances
10
%
 
9
%
 
9
%
Services
9
%
 
10
%
 
12
%
Other
< 1%

 
< 1%

 
< 1%

Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
(1)
During the first quarter of fiscal 2012, the revenue category previously referred to as "Home Office" was renamed "Computing and Mobile Phones" to more clearly reflect the key products included within the revenue category. However, the composition of the products within this revenue category has not changed from the previous periods' disclosures.


104

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Operating income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
$
1,855

 
$
2,054

 
$
2,103

International(1)
(770
)
 
320

 
265

Total operating income
1,085

 
2,374

 
2,368

Other income (expense)
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on sale of investments
55

 

 

Investment income and other
37

 
43

 
53

Interest expense
(134
)
 
(86
)
 
(92
)
Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense and equity in (loss) income of affiliates
$
1,043

 
$
2,331

 
$
2,329

Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
$
9,592

 
$
9,610

 
$
10,431

International
6,413

 
8,239

 
7,871

Total assets
$
16,005

 
$
17,849

 
$
18,302

Capital expenditures
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
$
488

 
$
481

 
$
385

International
278

 
263

 
230

Total capital expenditures
$
766

 
$
744

 
$
615

Depreciation
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
$
612

 
$
615

 
$
574

International
267

 
261

 
245

Total depreciation
$
879

 
$
876

 
$
819

(1)
Included within our International segment's operating loss for fiscal 2012 is a $1.2 billion goodwill impairment charge.

Geographic Information

The following tables present our geographic information in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Net sales to customers
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
37,615

 
$
37,070

 
$
37,138

Europe
5,228

 
5,316

 
5,444

Canada
5,635

 
5,468

 
5,065

China
2,069

 
1,779

 
1,562

Other
158

 
114

 
34

Total revenue
$
50,705

 
$
49,747

 
$
49,243

Long-lived assets
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
2,507

 
$
2,741

 
$
2,960

Europe
352

 
438

 
464

Canada
432

 
474

 
462

China
161

 
147

 
152

Other
19

 
23

 
32

Total long-lived assets
$
3,471

 
$
3,823

 
$
4,070



105

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

15.   Contingencies and Commitments

Contingencies

Employment Discrimination Action

In December 2005, a purported class action lawsuit captioned, Jasmen Holloway, et al. v. Best Buy Co., Inc., was filed against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California (the “Court”). This federal court action alleged that we discriminate against women and minority individuals on the basis of gender, race, color and/or national origin in our stores with respect to our employment policies and practices. The action sought an end to alleged discriminatory policies and practices, an award of back and front pay, punitive damages and injunctive relief, including rightful place relief for all class members. In June 2011, the plaintiffs filed a motion for preliminary approval of the parties' negotiated settlement including conditional certification of settlement classes and seeking a schedule for final approval. The proposed class action settlement terms included, in exchange for a release and dismissal of the action, certain changes to our personnel policies and procedures; payment to the nine named plaintiffs of $0.3 in the aggregate; and payment in an amount to be determined by the Court, not to exceed $10, of a portion of the plaintiffs' attorneys' fees and costs. In November 2011, the Court fully approved the proposed class action settlement and consent decree; certified the settlement class; and approved and directed distribution of the settlement. Final judgment dismissing the matter with prejudice was also entered in November 2011. All payments in respect of this class action were made in full by their due date, January 8, 2012. It is not reasonably possible that we will incur losses materially in excess of the amounts paid.

Securities Actions

In February 2011, a purported class action lawsuit captioned, IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. Best Buy Co., Inc., et al., was filed against us and certain of our executive officers in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota. This federal court action alleges, among other things, that we and the officers named in the complaint violated Sections 10(b) and 20A of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act in connection with press releases and other statements relating to our fiscal 2011 earnings guidance that had been made available to the public. Additionally, in March 2011, a similar purported class action was filed by a single shareholder, Rene LeBlanc, against us and certain of our executive officers in the same court. In July 2011, after consolidation of the IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund and Rene LeBlanc actions, a consolidated complaint captioned, IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund v. Best Buy Co., Inc., et al., was filed and served. We filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint in September 2011, and in March 2012, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2012, the court issued a decision dismissing the action with prejudice. In April 2012, the plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court's decision on our motion to dismiss. As a result, the court's decision on the motion to dismiss is not final, and the time period for an appeal thereof is delayed until 30 days after a court order disposing of the plaintiff's new motion.

In June 2011, a purported shareholder derivative action captioned, Salvatore M. Talluto, Derivatively and on Behalf of Best Buy Co., Inc. v. Richard M. Schulze, et al., as Defendants and Best Buy Co., Inc. as Nominal Defendant, was filed against both present and former members of our Board of Directors serving during the relevant periods in fiscal 2011 and us as a nominal defendant in the U.S. District Court for the State of Minnesota. The lawsuit alleges that the director defendants breached their fiduciary duty, among other claims, including violation of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, in failing to correct public misrepresentations and material misstatements and/or omissions regarding our fiscal 2011 earnings projections and, for certain directors, selling stock while in possession of material adverse non-public information. Additionally, in July 2011, a similar purported class action was filed by a single shareholder, Daniel Himmel, against us and certain of our executive officers in the same court. In November 2011, the respective lawsuits of Salvatore M. Talluto and Daniel Himmel were consolidated into a new action captioned, In Re: Best Buy Co., Inc. Shareholder Derivative Litigation, and a stay ordered until after a final resolution of the motion to dismiss in the consolidated IBEW Local 98 Pension Fund v. Best Buy Co., Inc., et al. case.

The plaintiffs in the above securities actions seek damages, including interest, equitable relief and reimbursement of the costs and expenses they incurred in the lawsuits. We believe the allegations in the above securities actions are without merit, and we intend to defend these actions vigorously. Based on our assessment of the facts underlying the claims in the above securities actions, their respective procedural litigation history, and the degree to which we intend to defend our company in these matters, the amount or range of reasonably possible losses, if any, cannot be estimated.


106

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

Other Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of conducting business. For such legal proceedings, we have accrued an amount that reflects the aggregate liability deemed probable and estimable, but this amount is not material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Because of the preliminary nature of many of these proceedings, the difficulty in ascertaining the applicable facts relating to many of these proceedings, the variable treatment of claims made in many of these proceedings and the difficulty of predicting the settlement value of many of these proceedings, we are not able to estimate an amount or range of any reasonably possible additional losses. However, based upon our historical experience, the resolution of these proceedings is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Commitments

We engage Accenture LLP ("Accenture") to assist us with improving our operational capabilities and reducing our costs in the information systems and human resources areas. We expect our future contractual obligations to Accenture to range from $155 to $205 per year through 2016, the end of the periods under contract.

We had outstanding letters of credit and bankers' acceptances for purchase obligations with an aggregate fair value of $561 at March 3, 2012.

At March 3, 2012, we had commitments for the purchase and construction of facilities valued at approximately $21. Also, at March 3, 2012, we had entered into lease commitments for land and buildings for 15 future locations. These lease commitments with real estate developers provide for minimum rentals ranging from 5 to 15 years, which if consummated based on current cost estimates, will approximate $3 annually over the initial lease terms. These minimum rentals are reported in the future minimum lease payments included in Note 11, Leases.

16.   Related Party Transactions

Best Buy Europe had the following related party transactions and balances with CPW and Carphone Warehouse in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:
 
2012

 
2011

 
2010

Payment made to Carphone Warehouse for their share of the profit share agreement buy-out (see Note 2, Profit Share Buy-Out)
$
1,303

 
$

 
$

Revenue earned (primarily commission revenue and fees for information technology services provided to CPW and Carphone Warehouse)

 
6

 
63

SG&A incurred (primarily payroll-related costs and rent paid to CPW and Carphone Warehouse)
20

 
8

 
6

Interest expense incurred on credit facility with CPW and Carphone Warehouse as lender
1

 
1

 
4

Accounts payable to CPW and Carphone Warehouse at the end of the fiscal year

 

 
4

Accounts receivable from CPW and Carphone Warehouse at the end of the fiscal year
1

 
2

 
31

Balance outstanding on credit facility from CPW and Carphone Warehouse at the end of the fiscal year (see Note 8, Debt)

 
98

 
206


As part of the strategic changes in respect of Best Buy Europe, we entered into an Option Agreement with Carphone Warehouse. The agreement grants each party a call option to acquire the other party's interest in Best Buy Europe, and both options will become exercisable in March 2015. We have the first opportunity to exercise our call option to purchase Carphone Warehouse's interest at fair value. If we choose not to exercise our call option, Carphone Warehouse will have the right to purchase our interest at a 10% discount to fair value. If neither party exercises their call option, further options will be exercisable every three years thereafter until one party decides to exercise their option, although Carphone Warehouse will no longer be entitled to the 10% discount. The fair value of the call options is nominal as of March 3, 2012.


107

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

17.   Subsequent Event

In March 2012, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2012, we announced a transformation strategy consisting of a series of actions intended to improve operating performance. The announced actions include closure of approximately 50 large-format Best Buy branded stores in the U.S., changes to the store and corporate operating models, and other measures intended to reduce costs associated with product life-cycle management and supply chain. The costs of implementing the changes primarily consist of lease exit costs, employee severance and fixed asset impairments.

We will begin initiating the announced actions in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 and expect to complete the actions by the end of fiscal 2013. We expect to incur total pre-tax restructuring charges of between $300 and $350 related to the actions, of which between $30 and $40 will be non-cash. Given the timing of these actions, we estimate that between $140 and $160 of the charges will be recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2013, consisting primarily of employee severance and fixed asset impairments triggered by our change in the intended use of those assets resulting from the strategic actions. The estimated costs associated with lease commitments on vacated stores will be recognized when stores are closed, expected to be throughout the remainder of fiscal 2013. The timing of lease payments for vacated stores is generally expected to follow the original lease terms, except to the extent we reach agreement with landlords for an alternative settlement.

The amount of the restructuring charges noted above are estimates, and the actual charges may vary materially based on various factors, including but not limited to the following: the timing of store closures; level of employee terminations; factors relating to real estate, such as sale proceeds and the timing and amount of sublease income and other related expenses; and changes in management’s assumptions.

18.   Supplementary Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables show selected operating results for each quarter and full year of fiscal 2012 and 2011 (unaudited):
 
Quarter
 
Fiscal
Year

 
1st

 
2nd

 
3rd

 
4th

 
Fiscal 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
10,812

 
$
11,259

 
$
12,004

 
$
16,630

 
$
50,705

Comparable store sales % change(1)
(1.8
)%
 
(2.9
)%
 
0.3
%
 
(2.4
)%
 
(1.7
)%
Gross profit
$
2,746

 
$
2,848

 
$
2,922

 
$
4,057

 
$
12,573

Operating income(2)
330

 
335

 
351

 
69

 
1,085

Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
199

 
197

 
258

 
(324
)
 
330

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
(36
)
 
(37
)
 
(127
)
 
(108
)
 
(308
)
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interests
163

 
160

 
131

 
(432
)
 
22

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc.(3)
136

 
177

 
154

 
(1,698
)
 
(1,231
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share(4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
0.41

 
0.52

 
0.62

 
(4.73
)
 
(2.89
)
Discontinued operations
(0.06
)
 
(0.05
)
 
(0.20
)
 
(0.16
)
 
(0.47
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
0.35

 
0.47

 
0.42

 
(4.89
)
 
(3.36
)


108

Table of Contents
$ in millions, except per share amounts or as otherwise noted

 
Quarter
 
Fiscal
Year

 
1st

 
2nd

 
3rd

 
4th

 
Fiscal 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
10,674

 
$
11,216

 
$
11,774

 
$
16,083

 
$
49,747

Comparable store sales % change(1)
2.9
%
 
(0.1
)%
 
(3.4
)%
 
(4.7
)%
 
(1.8
)%
Gross profit
$
2,762

 
$
2,888

 
$
2,962

 
$
3,929

 
$
12,541

Operating income(5)
348

 
456

 
433

 
1,137

 
2,374

Net earnings from continuing operations
208

 
274

 
280

 
792

 
1,554

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
(27
)
 
(17
)
 
(40
)
 
(104
)
 
(188
)
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
181

 
257

 
240

 
688

 
1,366

Net earnings attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc.
155

 
254

 
217

 
651

 
1,277

Diluted earnings (loss) per share(4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
0.41

 
0.62

 
0.61

 
1.84

 
3.44

Discontinued operations
(0.05
)
 
(0.02
)
 
(0.07
)
 
(0.22
)
 
(0.36
)
Diluted earnings per share
0.36

 
0.60

 
0.54

 
1.62

 
3.08

Note: Certain fiscal year totals may not add due to rounding.
(1)
Comprised of revenue from stores operating for at least 14 full months as well as revenue related to call centers, Web sites and our other comparable sales channels. Revenue we earn from sales of merchandise to wholesalers or dealers is not included within our comparable store sales calculation. Relocated, remodeled and expanded stores are excluded from our comparable store sales calculation until at least 14 full months after reopening. Acquired stores are included in our comparable store sales calculation beginning with the first full quarter following the first anniversary of the date of the acquisition. The portion of our calculation of the comparable store sales percentage change attributable to our International segment excludes the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The method of calculating comparable store sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our method of calculating comparable store sales may not be the same as other retailers' methods. The calculation of comparable store sales excludes the impact of the extra week of revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, as well as revenue from discontinued operations for all periods presented.
(2)
Includes $1, $22 and $35 of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal second, third and fourth quarters, respectively, related to measures we took to restructure our businesses, as well as a $1,207 goodwill impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter related to our Best Buy Europe reporting unit.
(3)
Includes a $1,303 payment related to the Mobile buy-out recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.
(4)
The sum of our quarterly diluted earnings per share does not equal our annual diluted earnings per share due to the impact of the timing of the repurchases of common stock and stock option exercises on quarterly and annual weighted-average shares outstanding.
(5)
Includes $147 of restructuring charges recorded in the fiscal fourth quarter related to measures we took to restructure our businesses.


109

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We have established a Disclosure Committee, consisting of certain members of management, to assist in this evaluation. Our Disclosure Committee meets on a quarterly basis and more often if necessary.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (Interim) and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act), as of March 3, 2012. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer (Interim) and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of March 3, 2012, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management's report on our internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The attestation report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal fourth quarter ended March 3, 2012, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

There was no information required to be disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that was not reported.


110

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Directors

The information provided under the caption "Nominees and Directors" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Executive Officers

Information regarding our executive officers is furnished in a separate item captioned "Executive Officers of the Registrant" included in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

The nature of all family relationships between any director, executive officer or person nominated to become a director is stated under the captions "Nominees and Directors" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Audit Committee Financial Expert and Identification of the Audit Committee

The information provided under the caption "Audit Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement, regarding the Audit Committee financial experts and the identification of the Audit Committee members, is incorporated herein by reference.

Director Nomination Process

The information provided under the caption "Director Nomination Process" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. There have been no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to our Board.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

The information provided under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Code of Ethics

We adopted a Code of Business Ethics that applies to our directors and all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and our principal accounting officer. Our Code of Business Ethics is available on our Web site, www.investors.bestbuy.com — select the "Corporate Governance" link.

A copy of our Code of Business Ethics may also be obtained, without charge, upon written request to:

Best Buy Co., Inc.
Investor Relations Department
7601 Penn Avenue South
Richfield, MN 55423-3645

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or a waiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer by posting such information within two business days of any such amendment or waiver on our Web site, www.investors.bestbuy.com — select the "Corporate Governance" link.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information set forth under the caption "Executive and Director Compensation" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


111

Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is furnished as a separate item captioned "Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans" included in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The information provided under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information provided under the captions "Director Independence," "Nominees and Directors" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information provided under the caption "Ratification of Appointment of our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Principal Accountant Services and Fees" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


112

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1.
Financial Statements:

All financial statements as set forth under Item 8 of this report.

2.
Supplementary Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Other schedules have not been included because they are not applicable or because the information is included elsewhere in this report.

3.
Exhibits:

Exhibit
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
SEC File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
2.1

 
Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated May 7, 2008, as amended, among The Carphone Warehouse Group PLC, CPW Retail Holdings Limited; Best Buy Co., Inc. and Best Buy Distributions Limited
 
8-K/A
 
001-09595
 
1.1

 
5/13/2008
 
 
2.2

 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 2, 2011, by and among Best Buy Co., Inc., Mars Acquisition Corporation, mindSHIFT Technologies, Inc., and Shareholder Representative Services LLC
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
2.1

 
11/7/2011
 
 
2.3

 
Implementation Agreement, dated December 12, 2011, by and among Best Buy Co., Inc., and Carphone Warehouse Group plc
 
8-K/A
 
001-09595
 
2.1

 
12/14/2011
 
 
2.4

 
Carphone Warehouse Group plc Circular to Shareholders and Notice of General Meeting circulated December 23, 2011
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
99

 
12/27/2011
 
 
3.1

 
Restated Articles of Incorporation
 
DEF 14A
 
001-09595
 
n/a

 
5/12/2009
 
 
3.2

 
Amended and Restated By-Laws
 
DEF 14A
 
001-09595
 
n/a

 
5/26/2011
 
 
4.1

 
Offer Letter Agreement between Royal Bank of Canada and Best Buy Canada Ltd. Magasins Best Buy Ltee dated March 9, 2004
 
10-K
 
001-09595
 
4.3

 
4/29/2004
 
 
4.2

 
Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2008, between Best Buy Co., Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
4.1

 
6/24/2008
 
 
4.3

 
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2008, between Best Buy Co., Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
4.2

 
6/24/2008
 
 
4.4

 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2008, by and among Best Buy Co., Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for themselves and on behalf of the other initial purchasers of the Notes
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
4.3

 
6/24/2008
 
 
4.5

 
Shareholders Agreement, dated June 30, 2008, as amended, between The Carphone Warehouse Group Plc; CPW Retail Holdings Limited; Best Buy Co., Inc.; and Best Buy Distributions Limited
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
4.1

 
7/3/2008
 
 

113

Table of Contents

Exhibit
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
SEC File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
4.6

 
Form of Indenture, to be dated as of March 11, 2011, between Best Buy Co., Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
4.1

 
3/11/2011
 
 
4.7

 
Form of First Supplemental Indenture, to be dated as of March 11, 2011, between Best Buy Co., Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
4.2

 
3/11/2011
 
 
4.8

 
Facility Agreement, dated July 27, 2011, between Best Buy Europe Distributions Limited and ING Bank N.V., London Branch, as agent, and a syndication of banks, as filed
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
4.1

 
8/2/2011
 
 
4.9

 
364-Day Credit Agreement dated as of October 7, 2011, among Best Buy Co., Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as filed
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
4.1

 
10/12/2011
 
 
4.10

 
Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of October 7, 2011, among Best Buy Co., Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as filed
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
4.2

 
10/12/2011
 
 
*10.1

 
1994 Full-Time Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended
 
10-K
 
001-09595
 
10.1

 
5/2/2007
 
 
*10.2

 
1997 Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended
 
10-Q
 
001-09595
 
10.1

 
10/6/2005
 
 
*10.3

 
1997 Directors' Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended
 
10-K
 
001-09595
 
10.3

 
5/2/2007
 
 
*10.4

 
2000 Restricted Stock Award Plan, as amended
 
10-Q
 
001-09595
 
10.2

 
10/6/2005
 
 
*10.5

 
Best Buy Co., Inc. 2004 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, as amended
 
S-8
 
001-09595
 
99

 
7/15/2011
 
 
*10.6

 
Best Buy Co., Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan, as approved by the Board of Directors
 
DEF 14A
 
001-09595
 
n/a

 
5/26/2011
 
 
*10.7

 
2010 Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement, as approved by the Board of Directors
 
10-K
 
001-09595
 
10.7

 
4/28/2010
 
 
*10.8

 
Best Buy Fifth Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended
 
10-K
 
001-09595
 
10.8

 
4/25/2011
 
 
*10.9

 
Best Buy Co., Inc. Performance Share Award Agreement dated August 5, 2008
 
8-K
 
001-09595
 
10.1

 
8/8/2008
 
 
12.1

 
Statements re: Computation of Ratios
 
 
 
001-09595
 
 

 
 
 
X
21.1

 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
 
 
001-09595
 
 

 
 
 
X
23.1

 
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
 
 
001-09595
 
 

 
 
 
X
31.1

 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
001-09595
 
 

 
 
 
X
31.2

 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
001-09595
 
 

 
 
 
X
32.1

 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
001-09595
 
 

 
 
 
X
32.2

 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
001-09595
 
 

 
 
 
X

114

Table of Contents

Exhibit
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
SEC File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
101

 
The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2012, filed with the SEC on May 1, 2012, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the consolidated balance sheets at March 3, 2012 and February 26, 2011, (ii) the consolidated statements of earnings for the years ended March 3, 2012, February 26, 2011 and February 27, 2010, (iii) the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 3, 2012, February 26, 2011 and February 27, 2010, (iv) the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity for the years ended March 3, 2012, February 26, 2011 and February 27, 2010 and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

*    Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.


Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has not filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K certain instruments with respect to long-term debt under which the amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the registrant. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish copies of all such instruments to the SEC upon request.

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.


115

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Best Buy Co., Inc.
(Registrant)
By:
 
/s/ George L. Mikan III
 
 
George L. Mikan III
Chief Executive Officer (Interim)
 
 
May 1, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
/s/ George L. Mikan III
 
Chief Executive Officer (Interim) and Director
 
May 1, 2012
George L. Mikan III
 
(principal executive officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ James L. Muehlbauer
 
Executive Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer
 
May 1, 2012
James L. Muehlbauer
 
 (principal financial officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Susan S. Grafton
 
Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
 
May 1, 2012
Susan S. Grafton
 
 (principal accounting officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lisa M. Caputo
 
Director
 
May 1, 2012
Lisa M. Caputo
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Kathy J. Higgins Victor
 
Director
 
May 1, 2012
Kathy J. Higgins Victor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Ronald James
 
Director
 
May 1, 2012
Ronald James
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Sanjay Khosla
 
Director
 
May 1, 2012
Sanjay Khosla
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Matthew H. Paull
 
Director
 
May 1, 2012
Matthew H. Paull
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rogelio M. Rebolledo
 
Director
 
May 1, 2012
Rogelio M. Rebolledo
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Richard M. Schulze
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
May 1, 2012
Richard M. Schulze
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Hatim A. Tyabji
 
Director
 
May 1, 2012
Hatim A. Tyabji
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Gérard R. Vittecoq
 
Director
 
May 1, 2012
Gérard R. Vittecoq
 
 
 
 


116

Table of Contents

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
($ in millions)

 
Balance at
Beginning
of Period

 
Charged to
Expenses or
Other Accounts

 
Other(1)

 
Balance at
End of
Period

Year ended March 3, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
107

 
$
8

 
$
(43
)
 
$
72

Year ended February 26, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
101

 
$
46

 
$
(40
)
 
$
107

Year ended February 27, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
97

 
$
48

 
$
(44
)
 
$
101

(1)
Includes bad debt write-offs and recoveries, acquisitions and the effect of foreign currency fluctuations.